Table of Contents



 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20142017
OR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                     
Commission File Number 1-6003
FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware 36-1063330
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
1415 West 22nd Street,
Oak Brook, Illinois
 60523
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (630) 954-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨        No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ        No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    þ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 Large accelerated filer
þ

 Accelerated filer
¨

 
 Non-accelerated filer¨ Smaller reporting company¨(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Emerging growth company¨
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨        No  þ
As of June 28, 2014,30, 2017, the aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates was $904,812,929.$1,015,057,931. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, executive officers and directors of the registrant have been deemed to be affiliates.
As of February 28, 2015,January 31, 2018, the number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock was 62,735,537.59,999,955.
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2015May 1, 2018 are incorporated by reference in Part III.
 





FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART IPage
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
PART III 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV 
Item 15.
Item 16.





FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) is being filed by Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries (referred to collectively as the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” herein, unless the context otherwise indicates) with the United States (“U.S.”) Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and includes comments made by management that may contain words such as “may,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “estimate” and “objective” or similar terminology, or the negative thereof, concerning the Company’s future financial performance, business strategy, plans, goals and objectives. These expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include information concerning the Company’s possible or assumed future performance or results of operations and are not guarantees. While these statements are based on assumptions and judgments that management has made in light of industry experience as well as perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors believed to be appropriate under the circumstances, they are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the Company’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different.
These risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond the Company’s control, include, the cyclical nature of the Company’s industrial, municipal, governmental and commercial markets; compliance with domestic and foreign laws and regulations, economic and political uncertainties and foreign currency rate fluctuations; restrictive debt covenants; availability of credit and third-party financing for customers; our ability to anticipate and meet customer demands for new products and product enhancements and the resulting products generating sufficient revenues to justify research and development expenses; our incurrence of restructuring and impairment charges as we continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business; highly competitive markets; increased product liability, warranty, recall claims, client service interruptions and other lawsuits and claims; technological advances by competitors; information technology security threats and cyber-attacks; infringement of, or an inability to protect, our intellectual property rights; disruptions in the supply of parts and components from suppliers and subcontractors; attraction and retention of key personnel; disruptions within our dealer network; work stoppages and other labor relations matters; increased pension funding requirements and expenses beyond our control; costs of compliance with environmental and safety regulations; our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to reduce future tax payments; charges related to goodwill; our ability to expand our business through successful future acquisitions and unknown or unexpected contingencies in our business or in businesses acquired by us. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risk factors described under Item 1A, Risk Factors as set forth in Part I, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These factors may not constitute all factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in any forward-looking statement. The Company operates in a continually changing business environment and new factors emerge from time to time. The Company cannot predict such factors, nor can it assess the impact, if any, of such factors on its results of operations, financial condition or results of operations.cash flow. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a predictor of actual results. The Company disclaims any responsibility to update any forward-looking statement provided in this Form 10-K.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, is obligated to file Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other reports and information with the SEC, as well as amendments to those reports. The Company makes these filings available free of charge through our website at www.federalsignal.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on our website does not constitute part of this Form 10-K. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically. All materials that we file with, or furnish to, the SEC may also be read or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

1




PART I
Item 1.    Business.
Federal Signal Corporation, founded in 1901, was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in 1969. The Company designs, manufactures and manufacturessupplies a suite of products and integrated solutions for municipal, governmental, industrial and commercial customers. The Company’s portfolio of products that it manufactures includes sewer cleaners, vacuum trucks, street sweepers, waterblasters, dump truck bodies, trailers, and safety and security systems, including technology-based products and solutions for the public safety market,market. Following the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and vehicle-mounted aerial platforms.operations of Joe Johnson Equipment, Inc. and Joe Johnson Equipment (USA), Inc. (collectively, “JJE”) in 2016, the Company also distributes and re-sells products manufactured by other companies, which include refuse and recycling collection vehicles, camera systems, ice resurfacing equipment and snow-removal equipment. In addition, we sell parts and provide service, repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a comprehensive offering to our customers. Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries operate twelve14 principal manufacturing facilities in sixfive countries around the world and provide products and integrated solutions to customers in all regions of the world.
Narrative Description of Business
Products manufactured and supplied, and services rendered, by the Company are divided into threetwo major operating segments: the Environmental Solutions Group and the Safety and Security Systems Group and the Fire Rescue Group. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies. Corporate contains those items that are not included in our operating segments.
Financial information (net sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures and total assets) concerning the Company’s threetwo operating segments for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014,2017, is included in Note 1315 – Segment Information to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the Company’s discontinued operations is included in Note 1518 – Discontinued Operations to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and is incorporated herein by reference.
Environmental Solutions Group
Our Environmental Solutions Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of a full range of street sweeper vehicles, sewer cleaner and vacuum loader trucks, hydro-excavation trucks and high-performance waterblasting equipment. ProductsThe Group manufactures vehicles and equipment in the U.S. and Canada that are sold to both municipal and industrial customers under the Elgin®, Vactor®, Guzzler®, WestechTM and JetstreamTM® brand names. Products are sold to both municipal and industrial customers either through a dealer network or direct sales to service customers generally depending on the type and geographic location of the customer. The Group manufacturesacquisition of JJE extends the Environmental Solutions Group’s existing sales channel and increases the number of service centers through which its parts, service and rental offerings can be provided to current and potential customers. The acquisition of JJE also broadens the Environmental Solutions Group’s product offerings to include other products, such as refuse and recycling collection vehicles, camera systems, ice resurfacing equipment and equipment in the U.S.snow-removal equipment.
Under the Elgin brand name, the Company sells a leading U.S. brand of street sweepers primarily designed for large-scale cleaning of curbed streets, parking lots and other paved surfaces utilizing mechanical sweeping, vacuum and recirculating air technology. Vactor is a leading manufacturer of vacuum trucks used to maintain sewer lines, catch basins and storm sewers, as well as hydro-excavation trucks to meet the need for safe and non-destructive excavation. Guzzler is a leader in industrial vacuum loaders used to manage industrial waste or recover and recycle valuable raw materials. Westech is a manufacturer of high-quality, rugged vacuum trucks. Jetstream manufactures high pressure waterblast equipment and accessories for commercial and industrial cleaning and maintenance operations.
In addition to equipment sales, the Group engages in the sale of parts, service and repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a complete offering to its customers under the FS SolutionsSM brand.
In addition, as discussed in Note 2 – Acquisitions, on June 2, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GenNx/TBEI Intermediate Co., a Delaware corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, “TBEI”). TBEI is a leading U.S. manufacturer of dump truck bodies and trailers serving maintenance and infrastructure end-markets. Products are sold to both municipal and industrial customers under the Ox Bodies®, Crysteel®, J-Craft®, Duraclass®, Rugby® and Travis® brand names, either through a dealer network or direct sales to service customers generally depending on the type and geographic location of the customer. The Company expects that the acquisition will enable it to strengthen the Environmental Solutions Group’s market position as a specialty vehicle manufacturer in maintenance and infrastructure end-markets, leveraging its expertise in building chassis-based vehicles.

2




Safety and Security Systems Group
Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, first responder interoperable communications and industrial communications, as well as command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens, general alarm systems, public address systems and public safety software. Products are sold under the Federal SignalTM, Federal Signal VAMATM® and VictorTM® brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Europe and South Africa.
Fire Rescue Group
Our Fire Rescue Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of sophisticated, vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue and industrial applications. End customers include fire departments, industrial fire services, electric utilities and maintenance rental companies for applications such as fire fighting and rescue, transmission line maintenance and installation and maintenance of wind turbines. The Group’s telescopic, articulated aerial platforms are designed in accordance with various regulatory codes and standards, such as European Norms (“EN”), National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) and American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”). In addition to equipment sales, the Group sells parts, service and training as part of a

2




complete offering to its customers. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift® brand name.
Marketing and Distribution
The Environmental Solutions and Fire Rescue groups use dealer networks and direct sales to service customers generally dependingDepending primarily on the type and geographic location of the customer.end-customer, the Environmental Solutions Group uses either a dealer network, including JJE, or direct sales to serve customers. The acquisition of TBEI increased the number of dealers within our network and also added additional direct sales resources. The dealer network serves both municipal and industrial end markets. Within municipal markets, the majority of our dealers operate exclusively in their assigned territory. In conjunction with selling vehicles to end-customers, dealer representatives demonstrate vehicle functionality and capability and provide vehicle service. In addition to selling products manufactured by the Company, JJE is a distributor of products manufactured by other companies. The Company believes its regional, national and global dealer networks for vehicles is a distinguishing factor from its competitors. The Environmental Solutions Group’s direct sales channel concentrates on the industrial, utility and construction market segments, whileand the dealer networks focus primarily onFS Solutions centers provide post-sale service, ancillary parts and equipment rentals. The acquisition of JJE increased the municipal markets. Dealer representatives demonstrate the vehicles’ functionalitiesnumber of service centers through which its parts, service and capabilitiesrental offerings can be provided to customerscurrent and service the vehicles on a timely basis. The Company believes its national and global dealer networks for vehicles distinguishes it from its competitors.potential customers.
The Safety and Security Systems Group sells to industrial customers through wholesalers and distributors who are supported by Company sales personnel and/or independent manufacturers’manufacturer representatives. Products are also sold to municipal and governmental customers through active independent distributors, as well as through original equipment manufacturers and the direct sales.sales force. The Company sells comprehensive integrated warning and interoperable communications through a combination of athe direct sales force and independent distributors. International sales are made through the Group’s independent foreign distributors or on a direct basis.
Customers and Backlog
Total orders in 2014 were $957.4 million, of which approximately 38% were to U.S. municipal and governmental customers, 29% were to U.S. commercial and industrial customers and 33% were to non-U.S. customers. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s business.net sales in any year within the three-year period ended December 31, 2017. Of the $1,018.0 million total orders reported in 2017, approximately 35% were from U.S. municipal and governmental customers, 42% were from U.S. commercial and industrial customers and 23% were from non-U.S. customers.
During 2014,2017, the Company’s U.S. municipal and governmental orders increased 21% from 2013,by 18% compared to a 2% increase in these orders in 2013 as compared to 2012, primarily2016 levels, driven by improved orders of ourfor street sweepersweepers and sewer cleaner productscleaners, as well as additional orders for dump truck bodies following the acquisition of TBEI. During 2016, the Company’s U.S. municipal and solid municipal demand.governmental orders decreased by 6% compared to 2015, driven by declines in orders of street sweepers and outdoor warning systems.
During 2017, the Company’s U.S. commercial and industrial orders increased by 140% from 2016 levels, largely attributable to improved orders for sewer cleaners and vacuum trucks, the addition of orders following the TBEI acquisition, the effects of a full year of JJE orders in 20142017 compared to seven months of activity in 2016, and increased 18%orders from 2013,industrial markets within the Safety and Security Systems Group. During 2016, the Company’s U.S. commercial and industrial orders were essentially unchanged in comparison to 2015 levels, with orders as a result of new product offerings, such as rental equipment and refuse and recycling vehicles, resulting from the JJE acquisition, being largely offset by reduced orders of waterblasting equipment, vacuum trucks and used equipment within the Environmental Solutions Group, as well as lower orders from U.S. industrial markets within the Safety and Security Systems Group.
During 2017, the Company’s non-U.S. orders increased by 21% from 2016, largely due to a $35.6 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group, reflecting increased Canadian orders following the acquisition of JJE in June of 2016. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group, non-U.S. orders increased by $5.2 million, driven by improved orders in industrial and coal markets, partially offset by reduced orders from international public safety markets. This compared to an increase of 9%4% in thesenon-U.S orders in 2013 as compared2016 versus 2015, largely due to 2012, largely attributablea substantial increase in Canadian orders, which reflected orders acquired in, and received subsequent to, higherthe JJE acquisition, partially offset by declines in orders of vacuum trucks inclusive of hydro-excavation products,and sewer cleaners and a $8.5 million decrease in orders for street sweepers and waterblasting equipment in the Middle East. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group, there was a decrease in orders from overseas industrial markets, including international oil, gas and coal markets, as well as increased U.S.reduced orders from international public safety markets.

3

During 2014,


Of the Company’s non-U.S. orders increased 5%received in 2017, approximately 65% were from 2013, compared to a decrease of 4% in 2013 as compared to 2012.Canada, 18% were from Europe and less than 10% were from any other particular region. Non-U.S. municipal and governmental markets are similar to the U.S. municipal and governmental marketmarkets in that they are largely dependent on tax revenues to support spending and orders may be subject to budgetary cycles and public-entity bid procedures. Improvements in non-U.S. municipal and governmental market segments have more recently lagged those experienced in the U.S. Of the Company’s non-U.S. orders for 2014, approximately 35% were derived from Europe, 20% from Canada, 20% from the Asia Pacific, 18% from the Middle East and Africa and less than 10% from any other particular region.
The Company’s backlog totaled $328.2$257.5 million at December 31, 20142017 compared to $305.8$137.0 million at December 31, 2013.2016. The increase of $120.5 million, or 88%, was attributable to both organic growth, with higher demand for vacuum trucks, sewer cleaners and street sweepers, and the effects of the TBEI acquisition, whose backlog at December 31, 2017 was $42.5 million. Backlogs vary by Groupgroup due to the nature of the Company’s products and the buying patterns of its customers. TheTBEI’s product lines typically experience average lead times ranging from one to three months. Following the acquisition of TBEI, the Environmental Solutions Group experiences anGroup’s weighted average backlog of fouris expected to fiverange from three to six months of shipments, theshipments. The Safety and Security Systems Group typically experiences an average backlog of approximately two months of shipments and the Fire Rescue Group normally experiences an average backlog of five months of shipments, excluding service and maintenance contracts that generally cover a period of more than one year.shipments. Production of the Company’s December 31, 20142017 backlog is expected to be substantially completed during 2015.2018.
Suppliers
The Company purchases a wide variety of raw materials from around the world for use in the manufacture of its products, although the majority of current purchases are from North American sources. To minimize risks relating to availability, price and quality of key products and components, the Company is party to numerous strategic supplier arrangements. Although certain materials are obtained from either a single-source supplier or a limited number of suppliers, the Company has generally identified alternative sources to minimize the interruption of its business in the event of supply problems.disruptions.
Components critical to the production of the Company’s vehicles, such as engines, and hydraulic systems, are purchased from a select number of suppliers. The Company also purchases raw and fabricated steel, as well as commercial chassis, with certain specifications from multiple sources.
The Company believes it has adequate supplies or sources In addition, we may incorporate chassis provided directly by our customers in our production process. As a distributor of equipment manufactured by other companies, JJE relies on the availability of the raw materials and components necessaryequipment supplied by others to meet its needs. However,customer demand.
While there are risks and uncertainties with respect to the supply of certain raw materials and components that could impact their price, quality and availability in sufficient quantities.

3

Tablequantities, the Company believes it has adequate supplies and sources of Contentsavailability of the raw materials and components necessary to meet its needs.



Competition
Within the Environmental Solutions Group, Elgin is recognized as a market leader among several domestic sweeper competitors and differentiates itself primarily on product performance. The Vactor and Guzzler bothbrands each maintain a leading domestic position in their respective marketplaces by enhancing product performance with leading technology and application flexibility. Jetstream is a market leader in the in-plant cleaning segment of the U.S. waterblast industry, competing on product performance, rapid delivery and rapid delivery.solutions services. JJE is a leading Canadian-based distributor of maintenance equipment for municipal and industrial markets. TBEI includes a portfolio of regional brands with market leadership positions in distinct geographies and product categories, differentiating itself with its broad regional distribution network, focus on customer responsiveness and operational expertise.
Within specific product categories and domestic markets, the companiesbusinesses within the Safety and Security Systems Group are among the leaders with between one and four significant competitors and several additional ancillary market participants.leaders. The Group’s international market position varies from leader to ancillary participant depending on the geographic region and product line. Generally, competition is intense within all of the Group’s product lines and purchase decisions are made based on competitive bidding, price, features, reputation, performance and service.
Within the Fire Rescue Group, Bronto Skylift is established as a global leader for aerial platforms used in fire fighting, rescue and industrial applications. Products for these markets typically must be certified to specific qualifications and requirements. Competitor offerings can include trailer-mounted articulated aerials and traditional fire trucks with ladders. Bronto competes on product performance, where it holds technological advantages for its certified products in its designs, materials and production processes.service, often within competitive bidding situations.
Research and Development
The Company invests in research to support the development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. The Company believes this investment is important to maintain and/or enhance its leadership position in key markets. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $16.6$13.0 million in 2014, $11.02017, $13.4 million in 20132016 and $10.0$14.0 million in 2012,2015, and were reported within selling,Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses.(“SEG&A”) expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Patents and Trademarks
The Company owns a number of patents and possesses rights under others to which it attaches importance, but it does not believe that its business as a whole is materially dependent upon any such patents or rights. The Company also owns a number of trademarks, including those listed within the “Narrative Description of Business” section above. We believe these

4




trademarks are important in connection with the identification of our products and associated goodwill with customers, but no material part of the Company’s business is dependent on suchour trademarks.
Employees
The Company employed approximately 2,7003,100 people in its businesses at December 31, 20142017, with the Company’s U.S. hourly workers accounting for approximately 42%52% of its total workforce. Approximately 24%18% of the Company’s U.S. hourly workers were represented by unions at December 31, 2014.2017. We believe that our labor relations with our employees are good.
Governmental Regulation of the Environment
The Company believes it substantially complies with federal, state and local provisions that have been enacted or adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. The Company endeavors to establish environmentally-friendly policies and objectives, and believes that these actions are also consistent with cost-effective operating practices. Capital expenditures in 20142017 attributable to compliance with such laws were not material. The Company believes that the overall impact of compliance with environmental regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.
In May 2012, the Company sold a facility in Pearland, Texas. The facility was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, which manufactured marine, offshore and industrial lighting products. While the Company has not finalized its plans, itIt is probable that the site will require remediation. Asremediation and as such, as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013, $1.32016, $0.5 million and $1.4$0.6 million, respectively, of reserves related to the environmental remediation of the Pearland facility arehave been included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s estimate may change as more information becomes available; however, the costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.

4




Seasonality
Certain of the Company businesses are susceptible to the influences of seasonal buying or delivery patterns. The Company tends to have lower sales in the first quarter compared to other quarters as a result of these influences.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following is a list of the Company’s executive officers, their ages, business experience and positions as of February 1, 2015:2018:
Dennis J. Martin,Jennifer L. Sherman, age 64,53, was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2010 andeffective January 1, 2016. Ms. Sherman was also appointed to the Board of Directors effective January 1, 2016. Since joining the Company in March 2008. Mr. Martin had been an independent business consultant from 2005 to October 2010 and was the Chairman,1994, Ms. Sherman has served in various roles of increasing responsibility, most recently as Senior Vice President and Chief ExecutiveOperating Officer of General Binding Corporation from 2001April 2014 to 2005.
Bryan L. Boettger, age 62, was appointed President of Public Safety Systems in May 2011. Mr. Boettger wasDecember 31, 2015. Ms. Sherman also previously served as Senior Vice President, of Operations for the SafetyChief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Security Systems GroupSecretary from 2010 to 2011April 2014, Senior Vice President, Human Resources, General Counsel and InterimSecretary from 2008 to 2010, and Vice President/President, General Manager Public Safety SystemsCounsel and President of Emergency Products DivisionSecretary from 20062004 to 2009. On January 20, 2015, the Company announced that Mr. Boettger will retire effective May 31, 2015. Mr. Boettger plans to continue working for the Company in a part-time consulting capacity through December 31, 2015.2008.
Julie A. Cook, age 53,56, was appointed Vice President, Human Resources in September 2012. Ms. Cook served as Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Director of Human Resources, Building Efficiency Programs and then Vice President of Human Resources, Global Manufacturing, Supply Chain and Communications, from 2010 through 2012. Ms. Cook previously served as the Company’s Environmental Solutions Group Vice President of Human Resources with responsibility for Corporate Human Resources from 2008 through 2010. Ms. Cook was Group Vice President of Human Resources for the Environmental Solutions Group from 2001 to 2007.
Brian S. Cooper,Daniel A. DuPré, age 58,61, was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in November 2015. Mr. DuPré joined the Company in 2006, most recently serving as its Deputy General Counsel. Mr. DuPré previously held senior legal positions at Sears Holdings Corporation, Bank One Corporation, and Brunswick Corporation and served as an Assistant United States Attorney for the Northern District of Illinois.
Robert E. Fines, age 59, was appointed Vice President and General Manager of TBEI in June 2017, following the Company’s acquisition of TBEI, where Mr. Fines had served as Chief Executive Officer since 2008. Prior to joining TBEI, Mr. Fines held senior management positions at Kirtland Capital, Avery Dennison and GE Plastics.
Ian A. Hudson, age 41, was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in May 2013. Prior to joiningOctober 2017. Mr. Hudson joined the Company Mr. Cooper servedin August 2013 as Chief Financial Officer of Westell Technologies, Inc. from 2009 to 2013. Prior to Westell, Mr. Cooper served as Chief Financial Officer of Fellowes, Inc. from 2007 to 2009 and as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of United Stationers Inc. from 2001 to 2007. Prior to joining United Stationers, Mr. Cooper served as Treasurer of Burns International Services Corporation, and held various financial positions during his 12-year tenure with Amoco Corporation.
Ian A. Hudson, age 38, was appointed Vice President and Corporate Controller in August 2013.Controller. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Hudson served as Director of Accounting – Latin America and Asia Pacific at Groupon, Inc. from June 2012 to August 2013. Prior to that role, Mr. Hudson worked at Ernst & Young, LLP from 1998 to 2012, most recently as Senior Audit Manager.
Esa Peltola,
5




Svetlana Vinokur, age 63,38, was appointed Vice President, Treasurer and Corporate Development in April 2015. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Vinokur worked as Assistant Treasurer at Illinois Tool Works Inc. Prior to that role, Ms. Vinokur served as Finance Head of Bronto Skylift Oy AbM&A Strategy at Mead Johnson Nutrition Company and as a senior associate for Robert W. Baird & Company’s Consumer and Industrial Investment Banking group. Ms. Vinokur started her career at Ford Motor Company, serving in July 2007. Mr. Peltola was Managing Director of Bronto Skylift from 1998 to 2007.various finance roles.
Jennifer L. Sherman,Mark D. Weber, age 50,60, was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in April 2014. Since joiningJanuary 2018, upon rejoining the Company after four years at Supreme Industries, Inc. (“Supreme”). Mr. Weber joined Supreme in 1994, Ms. Sherman has servedMay 2013 as President and Chief Executive Officer, serving in various rolesthat capacity up to the sale of increasing responsibility, most recentlySupreme to Wabash National Corporation, which was completed in September 2017. Prior to joining Supreme, Mr. Weber worked for 17 years as Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary from 2010 to April 2014. Ms. Sherman also servedan executive within the Company’s Environmental Solutions Group, including a decade as Senior Vice President, Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary from 2008 to 2010, and Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from 2004 to 2008.Group President.
These officers hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors following their election and until their successors have been elected and qualified.
There are no family relationships among any of the foregoing executive officers.
Item 1A.    Risk Factors.
We may occasionally make forward-looking statements and estimates such as forecasts and projections of our future performance or statements of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements may be contained in, but are not limited to, filings with the SEC, including this Form 10-K, press releases made by us and oral statements made by our officers. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those contained in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the risks described below.

5




Our financial results are subject to U.S. economic uncertainty.
In 2014,2017, we generated approximately 65%75% of our net sales in the U.S. Our ability to be profitable depends heavily on varying conditions in the U.S. governmental and municipal markets, as well as the overall U.S. economy. The industrial markets in which we compete are subject to considerable cyclicality, and move in response to cycles in the overall business environment. Many of our customers are municipal government agencies, and as a result, we are dependent on municipal government spending. Spending by our municipal customers can be affected by federal, state and local political circumstances, budgetary constraints, changing priorities, potential government shutdowns and other factors. The U.S. government and municipalities depend heavily on tax revenues as a source of spending and accordingly, there is a historical correlation that suggests a lag of a one or two-year lagto two years between the condition of the U.S. economy and our sales to the U.S. government and municipalities. Therefore, downturns in the U.S. economy are likely to result in decreases in demand for our products. During previous economic downturns, we experienced decreases in sales and profitability, and we expect our business to remain subject to similar economic fluctuations in the future. In addition, the extent of any potential impact of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”) on the U.S. economy is currently uncertain. Changes in federal, state and local tax revenues which may result from the 2017 Tax Act may have an impact on demand for our products.
We have international operations that are subject to compliance with domestic and foreign laws and regulations, economic and political uncertainties and foreign currency rate fluctuations.
Our business is subject to fluctuations in demand and changing international economic, legal and political conditions that are beyond our control. In 2014,2017, approximately 35%25% of our net sales were generatedto customers outside the U.S. and we expect a significant portion of our revenues to come from international sales in the foreseeable future. Operating in the international marketplace exposes us to a number of risks, including the need to comply with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our foreign operations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, (the “FCPA”), the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) Bribery Act and their counterparts in other foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, restrictive domestic and international trade regulations, including the imposition of tariffs and trade barriers on our products, changes in these laws, regulations and policies by the U.S. and foreign governments, political and economic instability in the jurisdictions in which we operate, foreign receivables collection risk, local labor market conditions, and, in some cases, international hostilities. The costs of compliance with these various laws, regulations and policies can be significant and penalties for non-compliance could significantly impact our business.
To the extent that our international operations are affected by adverse foreign economic or political conditions, we may experience disruptions and losses which could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flow. To mitigate the risk of foreign receivables collection, we typicallymay obtain letters of credit from international customers to satisfy concerns regarding the collectibilitycollectability of amounts billed to customers.

6




Some of our contracts are denominated in foreign currencies, which exposesmay expose us to the riskrisks of fluctuating currency values and exchange rates, hard currency shortages and controls on currency exchange. Changes in the value of foreign currencies over the long term could increase our U.S. dollar costs for, or reduce our U.S. dollar revenues from, our foreign operations. Any increased costs or reduced revenues as a result of foreign currency fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.
We are subject to a number of restrictive debt covenants.
In March 2013, we entered into a credit facility with a term ending in March 2018. The proceeds from this credit facility were used to refinance the majority of our then-existing indebtedness. TheOur credit facility contains certain restrictive debt covenants and other customary events of default. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants may be affected by the other factors described in this “Risk Factors”Risk Factors section, andas well as other factors outside of our control. Failure to comply with one or more of these restrictive covenants may result in an event of default upon which, if not cured by us or waived by our lenders, allows our lenders mayto declare all amounts outstanding as due and payable. Such an acceleration of the maturity of our indebtedness may cause us to incur substantial costs and may prevent or limit us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions and taking advantage of attractive business opportunities.
The execution of our growth strategy is dependent upon the continued availability of credit and third-party financing arrangements for our customers.
Economic downturns result in tighter credit markets, which could adversely affect our customers’ ability to secure financing or to secure financing at favorable terms or interest rates necessary to proceed or continue with purchases of our products and services. Our customers’ or potential customers’ inability to secure financing for projects could result in the delay, cancellation or downsizing of new purchases or the suspension of purchases already under contract, which could cause a decline in the demand for our products and services and negatively impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

6




Our efforts to develop new products and services or enhance existing products and services involve substantial research, development and marketing expenses, and the resulting new or enhanced products or services may not generate sufficient revenues to justify the expense.
We place a high priority on developing new products and services, as well as enhancing our existing products and services. As a result of these efforts, we may be required to expend substantial research, development and marketing resources, and the time and expense required to develop a new product or service or enhance an existing product or service are difficult to predict. We may not succeed in developing, introducing or marketing new products or services or product or service enhancements. In addition, we cannot be certain that any new or enhanced product or service will generate sufficient revenue to justify the expense and resources devoted to thisthe related product diversification effort.
We could incur restructuring and impairment charges as we continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business and rationalize our manufacturing operations in an effort to optimize our cost structure.
We continue to evaluate opportunities to restructure our business and rationalize our manufacturing operations in an effort to optimize our cost structure. These actions could result in significant charges that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future actions could result in restructuring and related charges, including but not limited to impairments, employee termination costs and charges for pension and other postretirement contractual benefits and pension curtailments that could be significant and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
We operate in highly competitive markets.
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources than we do. The intensity of this competition, which is expected to continue, can result in price discounting and margin pressures throughout the industry and may adversely affect our ability to increase or maintain prices for our products. In addition, certain of our competitors may have lower overall labor or material costs. In some cases, our contracts with municipal and other governmental customers are awarded and renewed through competitive bidding. We may not be successful in obtaining or renewing these contracts, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
We may incur material losses and costs as a result of product liability, warranty, recall claims, client service interruption or other lawsuits or claims that may be brought against us.us which are related to product liability, warranty, product recalls, client service interruptions or other matters.
We are exposed to product liability and warranty claims in the normal course of business in the event that our products actually or allegedly fail to perform as expected, or the use of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury and/or property damage. For example, we have been sued by firefighters seeking damages claiming that exposure to our sirens has

7




impaired their hearing and that the sirens are, therefore, defective. In addition, we are subject to other claims and litigation from time to time as further described in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. We could experience material warranty or product liability costs in the future and incur significant costs to defend ourselves against these claims. While we carry insurance and maintain reserves for product liability claims, our insurance coverage may be inadequate if such claims do arise, and any defense costs and liability not covered by insurance could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. A future claim could involve the imposition of punitive damages, the award of which, pursuant to state laws, may not be covered by insurance. In addition, warranty and certain other claims are not typically covered by insurance. Any product liability or warranty issues may adversely impact our reputation as a manufacturer of high quality, safe products and may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Failure to keep pace with technological developments may adversely affect our operations.
We are engaged in an industry that will be affected by future technological developments. The introduction of products or processes utilizing new technologies could render our existing products or processes obsolete or unmarketable. Our success will depend upon our ability to develop and introduce on a timely and cost-effective basis new products, applications and processes that keep pace with technological developments and address increasingly sophisticated customer requirements. We may not be successful in identifying, developing and marketing new products, applications and processes and product or process enhancements. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of product or process enhancements or new products, applications or processes. Our products, applications or processes may not adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected if we were to incur delays in developing new products, applications or processes or product or process enhancements, or if our products do not gain market acceptance.

7




Increased information technology security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks pose a risk to our systems, networks, products and operations.
We have observed a global increase in information technology security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks. Our business could be impacted by such disruptions, which in turn could pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, accessibility and integrity of information stored and transmitted on those systems and networks. We have adopted measures to preventaddress cyber-attacks and mitigate potential risks to our systems from these information technology-related disruptions. However, given the unpredictability of the timing, nature and scope of such disruptions, our systems and networks remain potentially vulnerable to attacks. Depending on their nature and scope, such attacks could potentially lead to the compromising of confidential information, misuse of our systems and networks, manipulation and destruction of data, misappropriation of assets, production stoppages and supply shortages, which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
Infringement of, or an inability to protect, our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyrights, nondisclosure agreements, information technology security systems, physical security and other measures to protect our proprietary intellectual property and the intellectual property of certain customers and suppliers. However, we cannot be certain that our efforts to protect these intellectual property rights will be sufficient. Intellectual property protection is subject to applicable laws in various jurisdictions where interpretations and protections differ or can be unpredictable and costly to enforce. Further, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights may be limited in certain foreign jurisdictions that do not have, or do not enforce, strong intellectual property rights. Any failure to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
The inability to obtain raw materials, component parts and/or finished goods in a timely and cost-effective manner from suppliers would adversely affect our ability to manufacture and market our products.
We purchase from suppliers raw materials, and component parts and finished goods to be used in the manufacturing and sale of our products. In addition, we purchase certain finished goods from suppliers.may incorporate vehicle chassis provided directly by our customers in our production process. Changes in our relationships with suppliers, shortages or production delays, whether due to our suppliers or customers, regulatory restrictions or work stoppages by the employees of suchour suppliers or the chassis suppliers for our customers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to timely manufacture and market products. In addition, increases in the costs of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods could result in manufacturing interruptions, delays, inefficiencies or our inability to market products. In addition, our profit margins would decrease if prices of purchased raw materials, component parts or finished goods increase and we are unable to pass on those increases to our customers.

8




Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.
Our ability to operate our businesses and implement our strategies depends in part on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees. In addition, our future success will depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including finance personnel, research professionals, technical sales professionals and engineers.personnel. The loss of the services of any key employee or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or business prospects.
Disruptions within our dealer network or the inability of our dealers to secure adequate access to capital could adversely affect our business.
We rely on a national and global dealer networknetworks to market certain of our products and services. A disruption in our dealer network, or with a significant dealer, or within a specific market, could have an adverse impact on our business within the affected market. In addition, our dealers require adequate liquidity to finance their operations, including purchases of our products. Dealers are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that could unfavorably affect their liquidity positions, including, among other things, continued access to adequate financing sources on a timely basis on reasonable terms. These sources of financing are vital to our ability to sell products through our dealer network. Deterioration in the liquidity or credit worthiness of our dealers could have a significant adverse effect on our business. The loss or termination of a significant dealer, or a significant number of dealers, could cause difficulties in marketing and distributing our products and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
Our business may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor relations matters.
WeAs a portion of our workforce is unionized, we are subject to risk of work stoppages and other labor relations matters because a portion of our workforce is unionized.matters. As of December 31, 2014,2017, approximately 24%18% of our U.S. hourly workers were represented by labor unions and were covered by collective bargaining agreements.agreements with various unions. Many of these agreements include provisions that limit our ability to realize cost savings. Any strikes, threats of strikes or other organized disruptions in connection with the negotiation of new labor agreements or other negotiations could materially adversely affect our business as well as impair our ability to implement further measures to reduce costs and improve production efficiencies.

8




Our pension funding requirements and expenses are affected by certain factors outside of our control, including the performance of plan assets, the discount rate used to value liabilities, actuarial assumptions and experience and legal and regulatory changes.
Our funding obligations and pension expense for our defined benefit pension plans are driven by the performance of assets set aside in trusts for these plans, the discount rate used to value the plans’ liabilities, actuarial assumptions and experience and legal and regulatory funding requirements. Changes in these factors could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow. In addition, a portion of our pension plan assets are invested in equity securities, which can experience significant declines if financial markets weaken. The level of the funding of our defined benefit pension plan liabilities was approximately 77%80% as of December 31, 2014.2017. Funding of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan is determined in accordance with guidelines set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”). The current year funding status was impacted by a lower discount rates and revised mortality assumptions which project longer life expectancy.rate than in the prior year. Our future pension expenses and funding requirements could increase significantly due to the effect of adverse changes in the discount rate, asset values or the estimated expected return on plan assets. In addition, we could bebecome legally required to make increased cash contributions to the pension plans, and these contributions could be material and negatively affect our cash flow.
The costs associated with complying with environmental and safety regulations could lower our margins.
We, like other manufacturers, continue to face heavy governmental regulation of our products, especially in the areas of the environment and employee health and safety. Complying with environmental and safety requirements has added and will continue to add to the cost of our products, and could increase the capital required to support our business. While we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with these laws and regulations, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities or claims with respect to our operations under existing laws or those that may be adopted. These requirements are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Therefore, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions as a result of violation of, or liabilities under, environmental laws and safety regulations.
Our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to reduce future tax payments could be negatively impacted if there is a change in our ownership or a failure to generate sufficient taxable income.
Presently, These requirements may increase the only U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) we have remaining are from previously acquired companies and hence are limited to specific annual amounts as permitted by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 382”). If an ownership change, as defined in Section 382, occurs with respect to our capital stock, our ability to use these NOLs could be further limited to more restrictive specific annual amounts. Generally, an ownership change occurs if certain persons or groups increase their aggregate ownership by more than 50%cost of our total capital stock inproducts, which may diminish demand for those products. In addition, uneven application of environmental or safety regulations could place our products at a three-year period. If more than a 50% ownership change were to occur, usecost or features disadvantage, which could reduce our revenues and profitability.

9




An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or intangible assets could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.
We have a substantial amountAs of December 31, 2017, goodwill which isand intangible assets, net, represented 38% and 15% of total consolidated assets, respectively. Goodwill and intangible assets are initially recorded at fair value aton the timedate of acquisitionan acquisition. We review goodwill and is not amortized, but is reviewedindefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the estimated useful lives and are subject to an impairment assessment if impairment indicators arise. In evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, we make assumptions regarding future operating performance, business trends, competition and market and general economic conditions. Such analyses further require us to make certain assumptions about our sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and in applying these factors to the assessment of goodwill recoverability. Goodwill reviews are prepared using estimates of the fair value of reporting units, which incorporate estimates of the present value of future discounted cash flow. We could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpectedfactors. An impairment charge may result from, among other things, a significant declinesdecline in operating results, adverse market conditions, unfavorable changes in applicable laws or regulations, or a divestiturevariety of a significant component of our business or market capitalization declines.
If the future operating performance of our reporting units is not consistent with our assumptions, we could be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Impairment charges could substantially affect ourother factors. Our total consolidated assets and results of operations infor the periodsapplicable period could be materially adversely affected if any such charges arecharge is recorded. As of December 31, 2014, total consolidated goodwill was approximately 40% of total consolidated assets.

9




We may be unsuccessful in our future acquisitions, if any, which may have an adverse effect on our business.
Our long-term strategy includes exploring acquisitionacquisitions of companies or businesses to facilitate our growth, enhance our global market position and broaden our product offerings. Such acquisitions may help us expand into adjacent markets, add complementary products and services or allow us to leverage our distribution channels. In connection with this strategy, we could face certain risks and uncertainties in addition to those we face in the day-to-day operations of our business. We also may be unable to identify suitable targets for acquisition or to make acquisitions at favorable prices. If we identify a suitable acquisition candidate, our ability to successfully implement the acquisition would depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms. In addition, our acquisition activities could be disrupted by overtures from competitors for the targeted companies, governmental regulation and rapid developments in our industry that decrease the value of a potential target’s products or services.
Acquisitions involve risks, including those associated with the following:
integrating the operations, financial reporting, disparate systems and processes and personnel of acquired companies;
managing geographically dispersed operations;
diverting management’s attention from other business concerns;
changing the competitive landscape, including disrupting existing sales channels or markets;
entering markets or lines of business in which we have either limited or no direct experience; and
losing key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies.
We also may not achieve anticipated revenue and cost benefits associated with our acquisitions. Acquisitions may not be accretive to our earnings and may negatively impact our results of operations as a result of, among other things, the incurrence of debt, acquisition costs, impairment of goodwill and amortization of other intangible assets. In addition, future acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities.
Businesses acquired by us may have liabilities that are not known to us.
We may assume liabilities in connection with the acquisition of businesses. There may be liabilities that we fail or are unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on the acquired businesses.businesses, or that may be more material than we discovered. In these circumstances, we cannot assure that our rights to indemnification from the sellers of the acquired businesses to us will be sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the businesses or property acquired. Further, these liabilities could result in unexpected legal or regulatory exposure, unexpected increases in taxes or other adverse effects on our business. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.    Properties.
As of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company utilized sixten principal manufacturing plants located throughout the U.S., as well as fivetwo in Europe, one in Canada and one in South Africa. The Company also leases certain facilities within the U.S., Europe and EuropeCanada from which we sell partsprovide sales, service and/or provide service.equipment rentals. As of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company devoted approximately 1.01.6 million square feet to manufacturing and 0.60.7 million square feet to sales, service, warehousing and office space. Of the total square footage, approximately 46%77% is devoted to the Environmental Solutions Group 39%and 23% to the Safety and Security

10




Systems Group and 15% to the Fire Rescue Group. Approximately 21%42% of the total square footage is owned by the Company with the remaining 79%58% being leased. Owned facilities are subject to lien under the Company’s Senior SecuredAmended and Restated Credit FacilityAgreement dated March 13, 2013 (the “Senior SecuredJanuary 27, 2016 (as amended on June 2, 2017, the “Amended 2016 Credit Facility”Agreement”).
All of the Company’sThe Company believes its properties, as well as theand related machinery and equipment, are considered to be well-maintained, suitable and adequate for their intended purposes. In the aggregate, these facilities are of sufficient capacity for the Company’s current business needs.
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.
The information concerning the Company’s legal proceedings included in Note 911 – Legal Proceedings to the accompanying consolidated financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.

10




PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
The Company’s common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “FSS”. The following table presents a summary of the high and low market price per share of our common stock for each quarter of 20142017 and 2013:2016:
2014 20132017 2016
High Low High LowHigh Low High Low
1st Quarter
$15.42
 $11.53
 $8.63
 $7.30
$16.23
 $13.45
 $15.64
 $11.16
2nd Quarter
16.05
 13.35
 9.19
 7.25
17.56
 13.07
 14.11
 12.07
3rd Quarter
15.41
 13.24
 13.05
 8.80
21.40
 17.13
 13.99
 12.29
4th Quarter
15.97
 11.66
 15.89
 12.53
23.64
 19.19
 16.65
 11.68
Holders
As of February 28, 2015,January 31, 2018, there were 1,8461,597 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.
Dividends
During 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company declared and paid dividends totaling $16.8 million, $16.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively. On April 22, 2014,February 19, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) reinstated the Company’s quarterly cash dividend by declaring a dividend of $0.03 per common share. During 2014, the Company declared and paid dividends totaling $5.6 million. On February 20, 2015, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.06$0.07 per common share payable on March 27, 201519, 2018 to holders of record at the close of business on March 9, 2015. No dividends were declared or paid during 2013.5, 2018
The payment of future dividends is at the discretion of the Board and will depend, among other things, upon future earnings and cash flow, capital requirements, the Company’s general financial condition, general business conditions and other factors, including compliance with restrictive debt covenants as described below.
Under the Senior Securedterms of the Company’s Amended 2016 Credit Facility,Agreement, restricted payments, including dividends areand stock repurchases, shall be permitted only if (i) the following conditions are met:
No default or event of default shall exist or shall result from such dividend payment;
TheCompany’s leverage ratio (consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA, as defined therein) of the Company and its subsidiaries shall be, for the trailing 12-month period ending on the date of distribution,is less than 3.25; and
Theor equal to 2.50, (ii) the Company is in compliance with all other financial covenants and (iii) there are no existing defaults under the quarterly consolidated totalAmended 2016 Credit Agreement. If the leverage ratio is more than 2.50, the Company is still permitted to fund (i) up to $30.0 million of dividend payments, (ii) stock repurchases sufficient to offset dilution created by the issuance of equity as compensation to its officers, directors, employees and consultants and (iii) an incremental $30.0 million of other cash payments. For further discussion, see Note 7 – Debt to the accompanying consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as defined therein.financial statements.
The Company mayis able to declare dividends at current levels under the restricted payment guidelines set forth above.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation
Information concerning the Company’s equity compensation plans is included under Item 12 of Part III of this Form 10-K.

11




Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no sales of unregistered securities by the Company during the year ended December 31, 20142017.

11




Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s repurchase activity for its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 20142017:
Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs 
Maximum Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (a) (b)
October 2014 (9/28/14 - 11/1/14) 
 $
 
 $8,281,588
November 2014 (11/2/14 - 11/29/14) 
 
 
 83,281,588
December 2014 (11/30/14 - 12/31/14) 233,638
 15.1580
 233,638
 79,740,102
Period Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs 
Maximum Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (a)
October 2017 (10/1/17 - 11/4/17) 
 $
 
 $31,395,802
November 2017 (11/5/17 - 12/2/17) 
 
 
 31,395,802
December 2017 (12/3/17 - 12/31/17) 
 
 
 31,395,802
(a)On April 22,November 4, 2014, the Board authorized a stock repurchase program of up to $15$75.0 million of the Company’s common stock.
(b)On November 4, 2014, the Board authorized an additional stock repurchase program of up to $75 million of the Company’s common stock. This program supplements the April 2014 stock repurchase program, which remains in effect.

12




Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative five-year total return to stockholders of the Company’s common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the Russell 2000 index, the S&P Midcap 400 index and the S&P Industrials index. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Company’s common stock, and in each index, was $100 on December 31, 20092012 and assumes reinvestment of all dividends through December 31, 2014.2017.
Copyright© 2015 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright© 20152018 Russell Investment Group. All rights reserved.


12




As of December 31,As of December 31,
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 20142012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Federal Signal Corporation$100.00
 $118.05
 $71.41
 $130.96
 $252.10
 $267.32
$100.00
 $192.51
 $204.13
 $213.00
 $214.11
 $280.05
Russell 2000100.00
 126.86
 121.56
 141.43
 196.34
 205.95
100.00
 138.82
 145.62
 139.19
 168.85
 193.58
S&P Midcap 400100.00
 126.64
 124.45
 146.69
 195.84
 214.97
100.00
 133.50
 146.54
 143.35
 173.08
 201.20
S&P Industrials100.00
 126.73
 125.98
 145.32
 204.43
 224.52
100.00
 140.68
 154.50
 150.59
 178.99
 216.64
The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. Notwithstanding anything set forth in any of our previous filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, which might be incorporated into future filings in whole or part, including this Form 10-K, the preceding performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any such filings.

13

Table of Contents



Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.
The following table summarizes selected financial information of the Company as of, and for each of the five years in the period ended, December 31, 2014:2017:

13

Table of Contents



For the Years Ended December 31,For the Years Ended December 31,
($ in millions, except per share data)2014 2013 2012 2011 20102017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Results of Operations:                  
Net sales$918.5
 $851.3
 $803.2
 $688.7
 $633.1
$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0
 $779.1
 $712.9
Operating income (b) (c) (d)
92.6
 70.6
 51.5
 33.2
 12.4
Income (loss) from continuing operations (a) (b) (c) (d)
63.0
 160.2
 22.0
 13.1
 (74.1)
Operating income (a) (b) (c) (e)
67.1
 57.7
 103.2
 88.7
 61.6
         
Income from continuing operations (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
60.5
 39.4
 65.8
 59.7
 152.5
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.7
 (0.2) (49.5) (27.3) (101.6)1.1
 4.4
 (2.3) 4.0
 7.5
Net income (loss) (a) (b) (c) (d)
$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5) $(14.2) $(175.7)
Net income (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
 $63.7
 $160.0
Financial Position:                  
Capital expenditures$19.5
 $17.0
 $13.0
 $13.5
 $11.3
$8.0
 $6.1
 $9.6
 $13.7
 $11.6
Depreciation and amortization15.0
 14.2
 13.2
 13.0
 11.4
30.0
 19.1
 12.3
 11.5
 11.0
Total assets658.7
 644.8
 613.2
 706.7
 764.5
992.3
 643.2
 666.5
 658.7
 644.8
Total debt (e)
50.2
 92.1
 157.8
 222.2
 262.0
Total debt (f)
277.7
 64.0
 44.1
 50.2
 92.1
Common Stock Data:                  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share — Continuing operations$0.99
 $2.53
 $0.35
 $0.21
 $(1.29)
Diluted earnings per share — continuing operations$1.00
 $0.64
 $1.04
 $0.94
 $2.41
Cash dividends per common share0.09
 
 
 
 0.24
0.28
 0.28
 0.25
 0.09
 
Weighted average shares outstanding — Diluted (in millions)63.6
 63.2
 62.7
 62.2
 57.6
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted (in millions)60.4
 61.2
 63.4
 63.6
 63.2
Performance Measures:                  
Operating margin10.1% 8.3% 6.4% 4.8% 2.0%7.5% 8.2% 13.4% 11.4% 8.6%
Debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio (f)
0.5
 1.1
 2.4
 4.8
 11.0
Adjusted EBITDA (g)
$113.1
 $83.5
 $115.9
 $100.2
 $73.3
Adjusted EBITDA margin (g)
12.6% 11.8% 15.1% 12.9% 10.3%
Other Data:                  
Total orders$957.4
 $836.8
 $826.3
 $831.4
 $645.1
$1,018.0
 $674.4
 $686.1
 $807.4
 $706.0
Backlog328.2
 305.8
 318.4
 295.2
 158.1
257.5
 137.0
 171.3
 254.7
 226.5
(a)2017 operating income includes acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring charges and pension settlement charges of $2.7 million, $0.6 million and $6.1 million, respectively. 2017 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring charges and pension settlement charges, as well as a $20.2 million net benefit from special tax items, primarily represented by the Company’s preliminary estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, including the effect of the reduction in the corporate tax rate in the U.S.
(b)2016 operating income includes acquisition and integration-related expenses and restructuring charges of $1.4 million and $1.7 million, respectively. 2016 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the acquisition and integration-related expenses and restructuring charges and also $0.3 million of debt settlement charges, and a $2.2 million net benefit resulting from changes in deferred tax valuation allowances in Canada and the U.K.
(c)2015 operating income includes restructuring charges of $0.4 million. 2015 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the restructuring charges, as well as a $1.4 million net benefit from special tax items, comprised of a $4.2 million net tax benefit associated with tax planning strategies, offset by a $2.4 million adjustment of deferred tax assets and $0.4 million of expense associated with a change in the enacted tax rate in the U.K.
(d)2014 income from continuing operations includes the effects of a $3.5 million release of valuation allowance that was previously recorded against the Company’s foreign deferred tax assets.
(b)(e)2013 operating income includes restructuring charges of $0.7 million. 2013 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the restructuring charges, as well as $8.7 million of debt settlement charges and a $116.2 million release of valuation allowance release. The Company’s determination to release the valuation allowance on domesticpreviously recorded against net deferred tax assets was based on a qualitative and quantitative analysis of current and expected domestic earnings, industry and market trends, tax planning strategies and general business risks, that resulted in a more likely than not conclusion of being able to realize a significant portion of ourthe U.S. deferred tax assets. In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company also executed a tax planning strategy that resulted in the release of an additional $6.7 million of valuation allowance that was previously recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits, which would have begun to expire in 2015.
(c)2012 operating income includes restructuring charges of $1.4 million. 2012 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the restructuring charges, as well as $3.5 million of debt settlement charges.
(d)2010 operating income includes $3.9 million in acquisition and integration related costs associated with the Federal Signal Technologies (“FSTech”) Group, which was subsequently discontinued in 2012 and $10.0 million of net costs associated with the firefighter hearing loss litigation. 2010 income from continuing operations includes the effects of the acquisition and integration related costs, hearing loss litigation costs and $4.4 million of restructuring costs. In addition, the Company recorded a $76.0 million valuation allowance on domestic deferred tax assets.
(e)(f)Includes short-term borrowings, the current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations of $0.3 million, $0.5 million, $0.4 million, $6.2 million $7.4 million, $5.0 million, $9.1 million and $77.7$7.4 million, respectively.

14

Table of Contents



(f)(g)The Company uses adjusted EBITDA and the ratio of debtadjusted EBITDA to net sales (“adjusted EBITDA margin”) as additional measures which are representative of its underlying performance and to improve the comparability of results across reporting periods. We believe that investors use versions of these metrics in a similar manner. For these reasons, the Company believes that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin are meaningful metrics to investors in evaluating the Company’s underlying financial performance. Consolidated adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that represents total debt divided by the trailing 12-month total of income (loss) from continuing operations, before interest expense, pension settlement charges, hearing loss settlement charges, debt settlement charges, acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring activity, executive severance costs, purchase accounting effects, other income/expense, income tax expense, or benefit and depreciation and amortization expense. The Company uses the ratio of total debt toConsolidated adjusted EBITDA as one measure of its long-term financial stability. The Company uses the ratio to calibrate the magnitude of its debt and its debt capacity against adjusted EBITDA, which is used as an operating performance measure. We believe that investors use a version of this ratio in a similar manner. In addition, financial institutions (including the Company’s lenders) use the ratio in connection with debt agreements to set pricing and covenant limitations. For these reasons, the Company believes that the ratiomargin is a meaningful metric to investors in evaluatingnon-GAAP measure that represents the Company’s long term financial performancetotal of income from continuing operations, interest expense, pension settlement charges, debt settlement charges, acquisition and stability.integration-related expenses, restructuring activity, executive severance costs, purchase accounting effects, other income/expense, income tax expense, and depreciation and amortization expense divided by net sales for the applicable period(s). Other companies may use different methods to calculate total debt to EBITDA.adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin. The following table summarizes the Company’s ratio of total debt toconsolidated adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin and reconciles income (loss) from continuing operations to consolidated adjusted EBITDA as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2014:2017:
Trailing Twelve Months Ending December 31,For the Years Ended December 31,
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012 2011 20102017 2016 2015 2014 2013
Total debt$50.2
 $92.1
 $157.8
 $222.2
 $262.0
         
Income (loss) from continuing operations$63.0
 $160.2
 $22.0
 $13.1
 $(74.1)
Income from continuing operations$60.5
 $39.4
 $65.8
 $59.7
 $152.5
Add:                  
Interest expense3.8
 8.8
 21.4
 16.4
 10.2
7.3
 1.9
 2.3
 3.6
 8.9
Pension settlement charges6.1
 
 
 
 
Hearing loss settlement charges1.5
 
 
 
 
Debt settlement charges
 8.7
 3.5
  
 0.3
 
 
 8.7
Other expense, net1.5
 0.1
 0.7
 0.2
 1.2
Acquisition and integration-related expenses2.7
 1.4
 
 
 
Restructuring0.6
 1.7
 0.4
 
 0.7
Executive severance costs0.7
 
 
 
 
Purchase accounting effects *
4.4
 3.6
 
 
 
Other (income) expense, net(1.2) (1.3) 1.0
 1.7
 0.1
Income tax expense (benefit)24.3
 (107.2) 3.9
 3.5
 75.1
0.5
 17.4
 34.1
 23.7
 (108.6)
Depreciation and amortization15.0
 14.2
 13.2
 13.0
 11.4
30.0
 19.1
 12.3
 11.5
 11.0
Adjusted EBITDA$107.6
 $84.8
 $64.7
 $46.2
 $23.8
$113.1
 $83.5
 $115.9
 $100.2
 $73.3
                  
Total debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio0.5
 1.1
 2.4
 4.8
 11.0
Net sales$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0
 $779.1
 $712.9
         
Adjusted EBITDA margin12.6% 11.8% 15.1% 12.9% 10.3%
*Excludes purchase accounting effects reflected in depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The selected financial data set forth above should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, included under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K and Item 7 of Part II of this Form 10-K, respectively.

15

Table of Contents



Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is designed to provide information that is supplemental to, and shall be read together with, the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes contained in this Form 10-K. Information in MD&A is intended to assist the reader in obtaining an understanding of (i) the consolidated financial statements, (ii) the Company’s business segments and how the results of those segments impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition as a whole and (iii) how certain accounting principles affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Executive Summary
The Company is a leading global manufacturer and supplier of (i) vehicles and equipment for maintenance and infrastructure end-markets, including sewer cleaners, vacuum trucks, street sweepers, dump truck bodies and other environmental vehiclestrailers and equipment, (ii) safety, security and communication equipment, such as lights, sirens and (iii) vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue, electric utilitywarning systems. Following the acquisition of JJE in 2016, the Company also distributes and industrial applications. We also are a designerre-sells products manufactured by other companies, which include refuse and supplier of technology-based productsrecycling collection vehicles, camera systems, ice resurfacing equipment and services for the public safety market.snow-removal equipment. In addition, we sell parts and provide service, repair, equipment rentals and training as part of a comprehensive offering to our customer base. We operate twelve14 manufacturing facilities in sixfive countries around the world and provide products and integrated solutions to municipal, governmental, industrial and commercial customers in all regions of the world.
As described in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-K,Note 15 – Segment Information to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Company’s business units are organized and managed in threetwo operating segments: the Environmental Solutions Group and the Safety and Security Systems Group and the Fire Rescue Group.
In 2014,During 2017, the Company continued to focus on executing against its business strategy, which resulted in strong improvement in operating earnings. The Company identified a number of key long-term objectives, in 2014, including the following:
Creating disciplined growth;
Improving manufacturing efficiencies and costs;
Leveraging invested capital; and
Diversifying our customer base.
The Company assessed achievementHighlights of the Company’s achievements against these objectives in 2014 as follows:2017 include the following:
Creating Disciplined Growth
We increased net sales by $67.2 million, or 8%, to $918.5 million from $851.3 million in 2013.
We improved operating income by $22.0 million, or 31%, to $92.6 million from $70.6 million in 2013.
OrdersOn June 2, 2017, we completed the acquisition of $957.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $120.6 million, or 14%, higher than the prior year, contributing to an increased backlogTBEI, a leading U.S. manufacturer of $328.2 million at December 31, 2014.
We continue to generate strong cash flow from our improved operating performance, with cash flow provided by continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $72.2 million.dump truck bodies and trailers serving maintenance and infrastructure end-markets.
The cash generated from operations has helped us to significantly reduce our debt balances,combination of TBEI with total debt of $50.2 million at December 31, 2014, which was down 45% from $92.1 million at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, we had $126.1 million of net availability for borrowings under our domestic revolving credit facility, which was up 22% from $103.6 million at December 31, 2013.
As a result of the reductionbusinesses in debt, we reduced our interest expense by 57% in 2014, to $3.8 million in 2014 from $8.8 million in 2013. 
Our debt leverage is 0.5 times adjusted EBITDA, compared with 1.1 times adjusted EBITDA in 2013.
With our improved capital structure, we have the liquidity and flexibility that we need to support our businesses, invest for profitable growth and to consider ways to return value to stockholders.
We demonstrated our commitment to returning value to stockholders by reinstating a quarterly dividend during the year. Dividends totaling $5.6 million were paid in 2014.
Under share repurchase programs announced during 2014, we also repurchased approximately 696,000 shares of our stock at an average price of $14.74 per share. The remaining aggregate authorization under these programs of $79.7 million at December 31, 2014 represents approximately 8% of our market capitalization.
Improving Manufacturing Efficiencies and Costs
Operating margin improved to 10.1% in 2014 from 8.3% in 2013.
Following the prior-year implementation of an enterprise-resource planning (“ERP”) system at our Safety and Security Systems Group, we implemented a number of new measures to improve productivity. These measures have helped

16

Table of Contents



drive efficiency gains that have contributed to a gross margin improvement to 34.5% in 2014 from 33.4% in 2013 in the Safety and Security Systems Group.
During the year, we also made a number of investments within the Finnish manufacturing facilities of our Fire Rescue Group. Efficiencies associated with these investments began to become evident during the fourth quarter of 2014.
We also continue to focus on reducing the break-even levels and product costs in our municipal-based businesses and to improve manufacturing efficiencies within all of our businesses. We started our “80/20” efficiency initiatives in 2010, and they have been a critical part of the margin improvement in our businesses.
Our 80/20 initiatives have also helped us to focus on delivering the right products and services at the right prices to better capture the value-add that we create.
Leveraging Invested Capital
In response to customer demand and to support growth, we expanded capacity within our Environmental Solutions Group, businesses during the year including the additioncreates a single platform providing municipal and industrial customers with a complete suite of new production lines, primarilymaintenance and infrastructure equipment and supporting solutions. This platform will expand our leadership position in these markets and will provide a springboard for future organic growth and mergers and acquisitions.
The TBEI acquisition also diversifies our current end markets through an expanded focus on infrastructure, construction, waste, rendering and other industrial end markets.
The acquisition of TBEI is expected to accelerate our goal of profitably growing our revenues in excess of $1 billion by 2020.
Our consolidated adjusted EBITDA margin for 2017 was 12.6%, within existing facilities.our target range, and up from 11.8% in 2016.
We have also leased a modest additional facility to supplement capacity, efficiency and product development at one of our businesses with high growth opportunities. We targeted these investments within our businesses with the best opportunities to drive organic growth.
We increased focus on return on invested capital (“ROIC”) in 2014 and introduced an ROIC metric into our long-term incentive compensation programs. This increased focus contributed to a significant year-over-year improvement in ROIC, which we define as net operating profit after taxes divided by average invested capital.
Diversifying Customer Base
Historically, 60% or more of our domestic net sales were derived from municipal and other government markets. While municipalities will continue to be important customers, our organic and acquisition growth initiatives generally will focus on expanding our industrial customer base. Industrial markets offer more promise to further improve our operating margins while reducing earnings volatility over the longer term.
In 2014, U.S. commercial and industrial orders grew by $42.4 million, or 18%, compared with their respective prior year levels.
During 2014, we formed a number of strategic partnerships aimed at diversifying into new or growth markets, including expanding an existing dealer relationship to pursue industrial growth opportunities for our Fire Rescue Group in the United States.
We have also continued to focus on new product development in 2014 and are encouraged that these efforts will provide additional opportunities to further diversify our customer base. In particular, we are pleased with the market reaction to our new hydro-excavator vehicle designed for utility markets.
“80/20” efficiency initiatives remain a critical part of our culture and we continue to focus on reducing product costs and improving manufacturing efficiencies across all of our businesses.
With $73.5 million of cash being generated from continuing operations during 2017, we have been able to pay down $34 million of debt since the completion of the TBEI acquisition in June 2017 and return $16.8 million to stockholders in the form of cash dividends.
With our strong balance sheet and positive operating cash flow, we are well positioned to invest in internal growth initiatives, pursue strategic acquisitions and consider ways to return value to stockholders.
Our financial results in 2017 reflected improved performance in many areas, driven by both organic growth and benefits from our recent acquisitions.
Net sales increased by $190.6 million, or 27%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the prior year. Within our Environmental Solutions Group, net sales increased by $201.9 million, or 41%, largely due to the addition of $109.4 million of net sales from the TBEI acquisition, approximately $54.7 million of incremental net sales resulting from the prior-year JJE acquisition, including increases in rental income and sales of used equipment, and improved domestic sales of sewer cleaners

1716

Table of Contents



and vacuum trucks. In our Safety and Security Systems Group, net sales decreased by $11.3 million, or 5%, primarily due to lower sales into global public safety markets and decreased sales of outdoor warning systems.
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $9.4 million, or 16%, to $67.1 million, primarily driven by a $18.3 million operating income improvement within our Environmental Solutions Group, associated with increased sales volumes, a $6.2 million operating income contribution from TBEI and the effects of including a full year of operating income from JJE in 2017, compared to only seven months in the prior year. TBEI’s operating income contribution in the current-year period included the effects of amortization expense on intangible assets acquired, which, coupled with the increased JJE activity, contributed to an increase in our Environmental Solutions Group’s depreciation and amortization expense of $11.2 million. In addition, there was a $0.8 million increase in purchase accounting expense effects and a $0.5 million increase in acquisition-related costs in the current year. Within our Safety and Security Systems Group, operating income in the year ended December 31, 2017 was unchanged from the prior year at $27.0 million, with reductions in SEG&A expenses and restructuring expenses of $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, offsetting a $1.7 million decrease in gross profit. In addition to the $2.0 million increase in SEG&A expenses, corporate expenses in the year ended December 31, 2017 also included a $6.1 million pension settlement charge, a $0.8 million increase in acquisition-related expenses and higher expenses associated with hearing loss litigation. Consolidated operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2017, inclusive of the incremental depreciation and amortization, purchase accounting expense effects, pension and hearing loss settlement charges and acquisition costs, was 7.5%, compared to 8.2% in the prior year.
Income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $4.2 million as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the $9.4 million improvement in operating income and the absence of $0.3 million in debt settlement charges in connection with our prior-year debt refinancing, partially offset by a $5.4 million increase in interest expense, associated with higher average debt levels following the acquisition of TBEI, and a $0.1 million reduction in other income.
Net income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 included the effects of a $16.9 million decrease in income tax expense, largely due to the recognition of a $20.2 million net tax benefit, primarily represented by our preliminary estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, partially offset by additional tax expense associated with higher pre-tax income levels. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 0.8%, compared to an effective tax rate of 30.6% in 2016. The 2017 effective rate included the aforementioned impacts resulting from the 2017 Tax Act. The effective tax rate for 2016 included a $2.2 million net benefit from Canadian and U.K. valuation allowance changes. We expect that our effective tax rate in 2018 will be in the range of 26% to 27%, based on our current interpretations of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act.
Total orders for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $1,018.0 million, an increase of $343.6 million, or 51%, compared to the prior year. Our Environmental Solutions Group reported total orders of $806.3 million in 2017, an increase of $331.5 million, or 70%, compared to the prior year. The improvement was driven by organic order growth of approximately $121.1 million, or 33%, primarily represented by improved orders for sewer cleaners, street sweepers and vacuum trucks, the effects of the TBEI acquisition, which added $151.9 million in orders, and a net increase in orders of $58.5 million related to the inclusion of JJE orders for a full year in 2017 versus seven months in 2016. Within our Safety and Security Systems Group, orders increased by $12.1 million compared to the prior year, primarily driven by improvements in orders of industrial products, public safety products and outdoor warning systems.
Our consolidated backlog at December 31, 2017 was $257.5 million, up $120.5 million, or 88%, from $137.0 million at December 31, 2016.

17

Table of Contents



Results of Operations
The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Operations and illustrates the key financial indicators used to assess our consolidated financial results:
For the Years Ended December 31, ChangeFor the Years Ended December 31, Change
($ in millions, except per share data)2014 2013 2012 2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 20122017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Net sales$918.5
 $851.3
 $803.2
 $67.2
 $48.1
$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0
 $190.6
 $(60.1)
Cost of sales685.2
 646.2
 613.4
 39.0
 32.8
677.3
 524.8
 542.4
 152.5
 (17.6)
Gross profit233.3
 205.1
 189.8
 28.2
 15.3
221.2
 183.1
 225.6
 38.1
 (42.5)
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses140.7
 133.8
 136.9
 6.9
 (3.1)144.7
 122.3
 122.0
 22.4
 0.3
Acquisition and integration-related expenses2.7
 1.4
 
 1.3
 1.4
Pension settlement charges6.1
 
 
 6.1
 
Restructuring
 0.7
 1.4
 (0.7) (0.7)0.6
 1.7
 0.4
 (1.1) 1.3
Operating income92.6
 70.6
 51.5
 22.0
 19.1
67.1
 57.7
 103.2
 9.4
 (45.5)
Interest expense3.8
 8.8
 21.4
 (5.0) (12.6)7.3
 1.9
 2.3
 5.4
 (0.4)
Debt settlement charges
 8.7
 3.5
 (8.7) 5.2

 0.3
 
 (0.3) 0.3
Other expense, net1.5
 0.1
 0.7
 1.4
 (0.6)
Other (income) expense, net(1.2) (1.3) 1.0
 0.1
 (2.3)
Income before income taxes87.3
 53.0
 25.9
 34.3
 27.1
61.0
 56.8
 99.9
 4.2
 (43.1)
Income tax (expense) benefit(24.3) 107.2
 (3.9) (131.5) 111.1
Income tax expense0.5
 17.4
 34.1
 (16.9) (16.7)
Income from continuing operations63.0
 160.2
 22.0
 (97.2) 138.2
60.5
 39.4
 65.8
 21.1
 (26.4)
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.7
 (0.2) (49.5) 0.9
 49.3
1.1
 4.4
 (2.3) (3.3) 6.7
Net income (loss)$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5) $(96.3) $187.5
Net income$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
 $17.8
 $(19.7)
Other data:                  
Operating margin10.1% 8.3% 6.4% 1.8% 1.9%7.5% 8.2% 13.4% (0.7)% (5.2)%
Adjusted EBITDA (a)
$113.1
 $83.5
 $115.9
 $29.6
 $(32.4)
Adjusted EBITDA margin (a)
12.6% 11.8% 15.1% 0.8 % (3.3)%
Diluted earnings per share — Continuing operations$0.99
 $2.53
 $0.35
 $(1.54) $2.18
$1.00
 $0.64
 $1.04
 $0.36
 $(0.40)
Total orders957.4
 836.8
 826.3
 120.6
 10.5
1,018.0
 674.4
 686.1
 343.6
 (11.7)
Backlog328.2
 305.8
 318.4
 22.4
 (12.6)257.5
 137.0
 171.3
 120.5
 (34.3)
Depreciation and amortization15.0
 14.2
 13.2
 0.8
 1.0
Depreciation & amortization30.0
 19.1
 12.3
 10.9
 6.8
(a)The Company uses adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin as additional measures which are representative of its underlying performance and to improve the comparability of results across reporting periods. Refer to Item 6. Selected Financial Data for further discussion regarding these non-GAAP metrics and a reconciliation of each to the most comparable GAAP measure for each of the periods presented.
Year ended December 31, 20142017 vs. year ended December 31, 20132016
Net sales
Net sales increased by $67.2$190.6 million, or 8%27%, for the year ended December 31, 20142017, compared to the prior year, primarily driven by ouryear. Within the Environmental Solutions Group, which reported a net sales improvement of $62.6 million, or 13%, which primarily resulted from a $41.1 million increase in sales volumes, improved pricing strategies and favorable product mix linked to higher sales to industrial customers. Vacuum truck sales increased by $22.6$201.9 million, or 41%, largely due to the addition of $109.4 million of net sales from the TBEI acquisition, approximately $54.7 million of incremental net sales resulting from increased production throughputthe prior-year JJE acquisition, including increases in rental income and productivity gains within our manufacturing facilities that have resulted insales of used equipment, and improved domestic sales volumes of hydro-excavation products. Street sweeper sales were also $21.5 million higher than prior year,sewer cleaners and are reflective of improved municipal demand. There was also improvement in bothvacuum trucks. In the Safety and Security Systems and Fire Rescue groups, whereGroup, net sales increaseddecreased by $3.6$11.3 million, or 2%5%, primarily due to lower sales into global public safety markets and $1.0 million, or 1%, respectively.decreased sales of outdoor warning systems.
Cost of sales
For the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, cost of sales increased by $39.0$152.5 million, or 6%29%, compared to the prior year, largely driven bydue to an increase of $33.8$162.1 million, or 9%42%, within the Environmental Solutions Group, primarily driven by increased sales volumes, additional cost of sales from the TBEI acquisition and the effects of a full year of JJE activity in the current-year period compared with seven months last year, recognition of approximately $0.8 million more expense associated with higher unit volumes. Cost of sales were also up year over year within our Fire Rescue Group, which reported anpurchase accounting effects and a $6.5 million increase of $5.5 million, or 5%. These increases werein depreciation expense, largely resulting from depreciation on rental equipment acquired in the JJE transaction. This increase was partially offset by a $0.3decrease in cost of sales of $9.6 million, reduction within our Safety and Security Group.or
Gross profit
For the year ended December 31, 2014, gross profit increased by $28.2 million compared to the prior year. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 25.4%, up from 24.1% in the prior year. The improvement in gross margin was primarily the result of increased volumes that leveraged production capacity, favorable product mix associated with higher sales to industrial customers and productivity and facilities utilization improvements within our Environmental Solutions Group. Gross

18

Table of Contents



margin7%, within ourthe Safety and Security Systems Group, improvedlargely driven by 110 basis points in comparison tolower sales volumes and the prior year, which included inefficiencies associated with an ERP implementation. Partially offsetting these improvements was a deterioration in gross margin within our Fire Rescue Group, which resulted from unfavorable product mix, including a higher concentrationimpact of sales to lower-margin geographic regions,material and manufacturing inefficiencies.labor cost reduction initiatives.
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expensesGross profit
Selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SEG&A”) expenses increased by $6.9 million forFor the year ended December 31, 20142017, gross profit increased by $38.1 million, or 21%, compared to the prior year, primarily due to a $5.1$39.8 million improvement in the Environmental Solutions Group, partially offset by a $1.7 million reduction within the Safety and Security Systems Group. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 24.6%, compared to 25.9% in the prior year, largely due to incremental depreciation expense and purchase accounting expense effects, partially offset by gross margin improvement within the Safety and Security Systems Group related to the savings associated with material and labor cost reduction initiatives.
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2017, SEG&A expenses increased by $22.4 million, or 18%, primarily represented by a $21.0 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group, resulting from higher employee incentivelargely the result of the addition of expenses of businesses acquired in the current and stock-compensationprior year, a $4.7 million increase in amortization expense product liability costs and consulting expenses. In addition,strategic investments in our sales force to support our organic growth initiatives. SEG&A expenses at Corporate were $2.3 million higher than prior year, largely due to increased employee incentive and stock-compensation expense. These increases were partially offset by lower expenses of $1.1 million withinwith the Safety and Security Systems Group decreased by $0.6 million in comparison to the prior year, while Corporate SEG&A expenses increased by $2.0 million, primarily due to lower pension expense and staffing costs.
Restructuring
There were no restructuring chargesdriven by the recognition of $0.7 million in 2014.
In 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $1.2 million and $0.3 million related toexecutive severance costs, in the Safetyincreased legal expenses associated with hearing loss litigation and Security Systems Group and Corporate, respectively. These charges werehigher employee incentive compensation costs, partially offset by the reversal of $0.6 million of Corporate restructuring costs that were originally recognized in 2012, after it was determined that the costs were not required.lower pension expenses.
For further discussion, see Note 14 – Restructuring to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Operating income
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 20142017 increased by $22.0$9.4 million, or 31%16%, whento $67.1 million, primarily driven by a $18.3 million operating income improvement within the Environmental Solutions Group, associated with increased sales volumes, a $6.2 million operating income contribution from TBEI and the effects of including a full year of operating income from JJE in 2017, compared to only seven months in the prior year. The increases were primarily attributableTBEI’s operating income contribution in the current-year period included the effects of amortization expense on intangible assets acquired, which, coupled with the increased JJE activity, contributed to improved operating leverage and increased volumes within ouran increase in the Environmental Solutions Group, which contributed toGroup’s depreciation and amortization expense of $11.2 million. In addition, there was a $28.8$0.8 million improvementincrease in gross margin,purchase accounting expense effects and improved performancea $0.5 million increase in ouracquisition-related costs in the current year. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group. These increases were offset by increasedGroup, operating income in the year ended December 31, 2017 was unchanged from the prior year at $27.0 million, with reductions in SEG&A expenses within Corporate and the Environmental Solutions Group,restructuring expenses of $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, offsetting a $5.1$1.7 million decrease in operating income within our Fire Rescue Group, primarily duegross profit. In addition to the $4.5$2.0 million reductionincrease in gross profit. Operating incomeSEG&A expenses, corporate expenses in the year ended December 31, 2017 also included a $6.1 million pension settlement charge, a $0.8 million increase in acquisition-related expenses and higher expenses associated with hearing loss litigation. Consolidated operating margin for the year ended December 31, 20142017, inclusive of the incremental depreciation and amortization, purchase accounting expense effects, pension and hearing loss settlement charges and acquisition costs, was also favorably impacted by7.5%, compared to 8.2% in the $0.7 million reduction in restructuring charges.prior year.
Interest expense
Compared with the prior year, interestInterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 decreased2017 increased by $5.0$5.4 million, or 57%284%, primarilycompared to the prior year, largely due to significant reductions inhigher average debt levels. Forlevels following the year ended December 31, 2014, interest expense further benefited from lower interest rates on borrowings that resulted from our March 2013 debt refinancing.acquisition of TBEI. For further discussion, see Note 57 – Debt to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Debt settlement charges
There were no debt settlement charges in 2014.
In the first quarter of 2013, the Company recorded $8.7 million of charges related to the termination of our prior debt facilities. The expenses included the write-off of deferred financing fees of $4.5 million and a prepayment penalty of $4.2 million.
Other (income) expense, net
OtherFor the year ended December 31, 2017, other (income) expense, net, totaled $1.5$1.2 million of income, largely due to foreign currency transaction gains, whereas for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared2016, $1.3 million of income was reported, largely related to $0.1 million ina gain on the prior year. The increase was largely driven by higher realized losses fromsettlement of a foreign currency transactions.forward contract and interest income on a loan provided to a customer.
Income tax (expense) benefitexpense
The Company recognized income tax expense of $24.3$0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, compared to an income$17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in expense was primarily due to the recognition of a $23.0 million net tax benefit associated with the revaluation of $107.2 millionthe Company’s net deferred tax liabilities in the prior year.U.S. following the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate included in the 2017 Tax Act, partially offset by a $2.2 million net increase in valuation allowance, inclusive of a $3.0 million valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act, the recognition of $0.6 million of additional tax expense associated with a change in the state tax rate in Illinois, and additional taxes resulting from higher pre-tax earnings. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 27.8%, compared to (202.3)% in 2013.
In the second quarter of 2013, it was determined that $102.4 million of valuation allowance previously recorded against U.S. deferred tax assets could be released. This evaluation was based on a qualitative and quantitative analysis of current and expected domestic earnings, industry and market trends, tax planning strategies and general business risks, that resulted in a more likely than not conclusion of being able to realize a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets.

19

Table of Contents



Upon releasing the significant portion of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assetsended December 31, 2017 was 0.8%, compared to 30.6% in the second quarter of 2013, a valuation allowance of $10.4 million was maintained in accordance with the guidance provided in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-270-25-4 and was released through the2016. The 2017 effective tax rate as domestic income was recognized throughoutincluded the course ofaforementioned impacts resulting from the year ended December 31, 2013. An additional $3.4 million reduction in deferred tax valuation allowances was recorded as a discrete item in the year ended December 31, 2013.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company also executed a tax planning strategy that resulted in the release of $6.7 million of valuation allowance that was previously recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits, which would have begun to expire in 2015.
As the Company no longer maintains a valuation allowance against most domestic tax assets, tax expense has been recognized on domestic earnings, as well as non-U.S. earnings, in the year ended December 31, 2014.
2017 Tax Act. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was also favorably impacted by2016 included a $1.0$2.2 million net reduction in unrecognized tax benefits, primarily related to the completion of an IRS audit, a $3.5 million release ofbenefit from Canadian and U.K. valuation allowance changes. The Company expects that was previously recorded against the Company’s Spanish deferred tax assets and a $0.4 million benefit attributable to a change in the enactedits effective tax rate in Spain.
2018 will be within the range of 26% to 27%, based on its current interpretations of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. For further discussion, see Note 68 – Income Taxes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Income from continuing operations
Income from continuing operations was $63.0$60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, compared with $160.2$39.4 million in the prior year. The lower income isyear, largely due to increasedthe improved operating income, the $16.9 million reduction in income tax expense and the absence of $0.3 million in debt settlement charges in connection with the Company’s prior-year debt refinancing, partially offset by improved operating income and reducedthe $5.4 million increase in interest expense, as further explained above. Income from continuing operations forassociated with higher average debt levels following the year ended December 31, 2014, was also positively impacted byacquisition of TBEI, and the absence of $8.7$0.1 million of debt settlement charges incurredreduction in connection with our prior year debt refinancing.other income.
LossGain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax
For the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, the Company recorded a net gain from discontinued operations and disposal of $0.7 million. The gain$1.1 million, primarily relatesdue to an adjustment of foreign tax credits associated with the sale of the Fire Rescue Group and adjustments of estimated product liability obligations of previously discontinued businesses, resulting from updated actuarial valuations.
For the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, the Company recorded a lossnet gain from discontinued operations and disposals,disposal of $4.4 million, primarily driven by the $4.2 million net gain on disposal of tax of $0.2the Fire Rescue Group, which was discontinued in 2015, partially offset by the $0.6 million was recorded.net loss that the Fire Rescue Group realized in its 2016 operations up to the January 29, 2016 sale completion date. The lossnet gain on disposal includes a $1.3 million charge related to special termination benefits providedrecognize a liability in connection with a Latvian commercial dispute. Also contributing to certain employeesthe net gain in 2016 was a reduction in uncertain tax position reserves of the legacy FSTech Group businesses that were retained by the Company in order to assist with transitional operations through the end of the third quarter of 2013approximately $1.0 million, as well as certain adjustments relating to assets of otherestimated product liability obligations of previously discontinued operations.businesses, resulting from updated actuarial valuations.
For further discussion of the loss from discontinued operations and disposals, see Note 1518 – Discontinued Operations to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Year ended December 31, 20132016 vs. year ended December 31, 20122015
Net sales
Net sales
Net sales increased decreased by $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In our Environmental Solutions Group, higher vacuum truck and sewer cleaner shipments of $5.9 million and $30.4 million, respectively, contributed to a $46.2 million net sales increase. The net sales improvement also included the effects of higher shipments of other product lines and improved pricing. Our vacuum truck and municipal sewer cleaner sales continue to exceed prior-year levels largely due to increased production capacity. Net sales in our Fire Rescue Group improved by $3.3 million, or 2%, benefiting from the effects of favorable foreign currency impacts and favorable product mix, offset by a reduction in unit volumes. Net sales within our Safety and Security Systems Group were down $1.4 million compared to the prior year.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales increased by $32.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was predominantly attributable to Environmental Solutions Group, where cost of sales increased by $28.6 million, largely due to increased unit volumes of $31.1 million, and $0.8 million of additional warranty expense, partially offset by favorable pricing and product mix impacts of $3.4 million. Cost of sales in our Safety and Security Systems Group increased by $1.6 million, despite slightly lower sales, primarily due to costs associated with implementation of new ERP software within the U.S. operations, including inefficiencies experienced during the implementation. In our Fire Rescue Group, cost of sales were up $2.6 million, primarily due to

20

Table of Contents



unfavorable foreign currency impacts of $3.5 million and product mix of $0.4 million, offset by a $1.3 million reduction in cost of sales due to lower unit volumes.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased by $15.3$60.1 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and was positively impacted by increased volumes and improved pricing2016 compared to the prior year, largely due to a $43.4 million net sales decrease within ourthe Environmental Solutions Group. The increaseGroup, resulting from lower sales of vacuum trucks and street sweepers in gross profit was partially offset by higher information technology costs,the U.S, as well as lower fixed overhead absorption, at our Safetyfewer international shipments of street sweepers and Security Systems Group. Gross profit margin in 2013 increased by 0.5% to 24.1% largely due tosewer cleaners. Partially offsetting these reductions were $65.5 million of incremental net sales resulting from the factors noted above.
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses
SEG&A expenses decreased by $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The overall decrease is primarily due to a $3.7 million reduction in Corporate expenses, largely due to reduced employee incentive compensation expense and lower medical expenses, and a $1.3 million decline in SEG&A expenses in our Safety and Security Systems Group, offset by increases of $1.3 million and $0.6 million at our Environmental Solutions Group and Fire Rescue Group, respectively.
Restructuring Charges
JJE acquisition. In 2013, the Company recorded expenses of $1.2 million and $0.3 million related to severance costs in the Safety and Security Systems Group, and Corporate, respectively.
In 2012, the Company recorded expenses of $0.9net sales decreased by $16.7 million, and $0.6 million relatedprimarily due to severance costs in the Safety and Security Systems Group and Corporate, respectively. Based upon further developments in 2013, it was determined that the $0.6 million of Corporate restructuring costs were not required and this charge was reversed in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Operating income
Operating income increased by $19.1 million, or 37%, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was largely a result of improved gross profit within our Environmental Solutions Group driven by improved product pricing and increased volumes,lower sales into global industrial markets, partially offset by unfavorable gross profit impacts at our Safetyimproved global sales of outdoor warning systems and Security Systems Group discussed above, including the effectshigher sales into domestic public safety markets.
Cost of an ERP system implementation in the second quarter of 2013.
Interest expense
Interest expense decreased by $12.6 million, or 59%, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a significant reduction in total debt, coupled with a reduction in interest rates resulting from the Company’s March 2013 debt refinancing.
Debt settlement charges
In the first quarter of 2013, the Company recorded $8.7 million of charges related to the termination of our prior debt facilities. The expenses included the write-off of deferred financing fees of $4.5 million and a prepayment penalty of $4.2 million.
In the first quarter of 2012, the Company recorded $1.6 million of charges related to the termination of its prior debt agreements. The expenses included $1.0 million of make-whole interest payments and a write-off of deferred financing fees of $0.6 million. In the third quarter of 2012, the Company expensed an additional $1.9 million of deferred financing fees relating to the $75.0 million reduction of our then existing debt facilities.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net totaled $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $0.7 million in the prior year, and includes realized losses from foreign currency transactions and derivative contracts.
Income tax (expense) benefit
The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $107.2 million and expense of $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate was (202.3)% and 15.1% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
In the second quarter of 2013, it was determined that $102.4 million of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets could be released. This evaluation was based on a qualitative and quantitative analysis of current and expected domestic

21




earnings, industry and market trends, tax planning strategies and general business risks, that resulted in a more likely than not conclusion of being able to realize a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets.
Upon releasing the significant portion of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets in the second quarter, a valuation allowance of $10.4 million was maintained in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC 740-270-25-4 and was released through the effective tax rate as domestic income was recognized throughout the course of the year. An additional $3.4 million reduction in deferred tax valuation allowances was recorded as a discrete item in the year ended December 31, 2013.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company also executed a tax planning strategy that resulted in the release of $6.7 million of valuation allowance that was previously recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits, which would have begun to expire in 2015.
The Company also recorded a tax benefit of $0.8 million associated with a reduction in the tax rate in Finland that was enacted during the fourth quarter of 2013.
Offsetting the benefits associated with the aforementioned releases of the valuation allowance and the tax rate change in Finland during the year ended December 31, 2013 was tax expense on non-U.S earnings as well as $0.8 million of tax expense associated with a change in the tax rate in the United Kingdom that was enacted during the third quarter of 2013.
Income from continuing operations
Income from continuing operations was $160.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $22.0 million in the prior year. As indicated above, our results included the release of a significant portion of the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets. Income before taxes was positively impacted by improvements in net sales gross profit and operating efficiencies, as well as a $12.6 million reduction in interest expense. These improvements were partially offset by higher debt settlement charges of $5.2 million in connection with our March 2013 refinancing.
Loss from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax
For the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss from discontinued operations and disposals, net2016, cost of tax of $0.2 million was recorded. The loss includes a charge related to special termination benefits provided to certain employees of the legacy FSTech Group businesses that were retainedsales decreased by the Company in order to assist with transitional operations through the end of the third quarter of 2013 as well as certain adjustments relating to assets of other previously discontinued operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the loss from discontinued operations and disposals, net of tax largely reflected the operating losses, as well as the loss on disposal, of the FSTech Group.
Orders & Backlog
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012
Total orders$957.4
 $836.8
 $826.3
Change in orders year-over-year14.4% 1.3 % (0.6)%
Change in U.S. municipal and government orders year-over-year20.7% 1.7 % 7.7 %
Change in U.S. industrial and commercial orders year-over-year18.3% 8.6 % (7.2)%
Change in non-U.S. orders year-over-year5.2% (4.0)% (3.0)%
Backlog$328.2
 $305.8
 $318.4
Change in backlog year-over-year7.3% (4.0)% 7.8 %
Year ended December 31, 2014 vs. year ended December 31, 2013
For the year ended December 31, 2014, total orders of $957.4 million increased by $120.6$17.6 million, or 14%3%, compared to the prior year, largely due to higher demand for street sweepers,a decrease of $7.0 million, or 2%, within the Environmental Solutions Group. The reduction was primarily driven by lower sales of vacuum trucks and street sweepers in the U.S, as well as fewer international shipments of street sweepers and sewer cleaners, which led to an $85.9partially offset by unfavorable mix effects, a $6.9 million increase in orders within our Environmental Solutions Group. Our Fire Rescuedepreciation expense, largely associated with the acquisition of the JJE rental fleet, and the recognition of approximately $3.9 million of expense associated with purchase accounting effects resulting from current-year acquisitions. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group, cost of sales decreased by $10.6 million, or 7%, largely driven by lower sales volume.
Gross profit
For the year ended December 31, 2016, gross profit decreased by $42.5 million, or 19%, consisting of reductions within the Environmental Solutions Group and the Safety and Security Systems Group of $36.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased to 25.9%, from 29.4% in the prior year, largely due to reduced operating leverage due to lower sales volumes, unfavorable sales mix, with fewer sales into industrial markets and a higher concentration of sales of products manufactured by other companies, which tend to carry lower margins, as well as purchase accounting expense effects, within the Environmental Solutions Group.

20

Table of Contents



Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses
SEG&A expenses increased by $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the prior year. The addition of expenses of businesses acquired in the current year contributed to a $5.9 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group. This increase was partially offset by reductions in SEG&A expenses of $3.5 million and $2.1 million within Corporate and the Safety and Security Systems Group, respectively. The decrease within the Safety and Security Systems Group was largely due to lower employee costs, inclusive of the effects of previously implemented restructuring activities and cost reduction initiatives, whereas the reduction in Corporate SEG&A expenses was primarily due to lower employee incentive and stock compensation costs.
Operating income
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $45.5 million, or 44%, to $57.7 million, primarily driven by a $42.8 million reduction within the Environmental Solutions Group, associated with negative operating leverage resulting from lower sales volumes, unfavorable sales mix effects, with fewer sales into industrial markets and a higher percentage of sales of products manufactured by other companies, which tend to carry a lower margin, as well as additional operating expenses incurred in support of current-year acquisitions, the inclusion of $3.9 million of expense relating to purchase accounting effects of current-year acquisitions and $0.5 million of acquisition-related expenses. Also contributing to the lower operating income in the current-year quarter was a $5.3 million decrease in operating income within the Safety and Security Systems Group, inclusive of a $1.3 million increase in restructuring expenses. Partially offsetting the operating income reductions in each of our groups alsowas a $2.6 million reduction in Corporate operating expenses, in spite of a $0.9 million increase in expenses associated with acquisition and integration-related activity. Consolidated operating margin for the year ended December 31, 2016, inclusive of the aforementioned purchase accounting effects, restructuring charges and acquisition costs, was 8.2%, down from 13.4% in the prior year.
Interest expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased by $0.4 million, or 17%, compared to the prior year, largely due to reductions in the average debt levels in the respective periods. For further discussion, see Note 7 – Debt to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Other (income) expense, net
For the year ended December 31, 2016, other (income) expense, net, totaled $1.3 million of income, largely related to a gain on the settlement of a foreign currency forward contract and interest income on a loan provided to a customer, whereas for the year ended December 31, 2015, $1.0 million of expense was reported, represented primarily by realized losses from foreign currency transactions.
Income tax expense
The Company recognized income tax expense of $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in tax expense in the current year was primarily due to lower pre-tax income levels and an aggregate net benefit of $2.2 million resulting from changes in deferred tax valuation allowances. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 30.6%, compared to 34.1% in 2015. The effective tax rate for 2016 included the $2.2 million net benefit from the valuation allowance changes, whereas the prior-year rate included certain tax benefits that did not recur in 2016. For further discussion, see Note 8 – Income Taxes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Income from continuing operations
Income from continuing operations was $39.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared with $65.8 million in the prior year. The $26.4 million decrease was largely due to the reduced operating income, as well as a $0.3 million write-off of deferred financing fees, partially offset by decreases in income tax and interest expense of $16.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, as well as the $2.3 million favorable change in other (income) expense, net, described above.

21

Table of Contents



Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax
For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a net gain from discontinued operations and disposal of $4.4 million, primarily driven by the $4.2 million net gain on disposal of the Fire Rescue Group, which was discontinued in 2015, partially offset by the $0.6 million net loss that the Fire Rescue Group realized in its 2016 operations up to the January 29, 2016 sale completion date. The net gain on disposal includes a $1.3 million charge to recognize a liability in connection with a Latvian commercial dispute. Also contributing to the net gain in 2016 was a reduction in uncertain tax position reserves of approximately $1.0 million, as well as adjustments of estimated product liability obligations of previously discontinued businesses, resulting from updated actuarial valuations.
In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a net loss from discontinued operations and disposal of $2.3 million. The net loss was primarily driven by tax expense associated with recording a net deferred tax liability of $6.3 million, partially offset by net income generated by the Fire Rescue Group, and the receipt of $4.0 million from the escrow associated with the 2012 sale of the Company’s former Federal Signal Technologies Group (“FSTech”).
Orders & Backlog
($ in millions)2017 2016 2015
Total orders$1,018.0
 $674.4
 $686.1
Change in orders year-over-year50.9% (1.7)% (15.0)%
Change in U.S. municipal and government orders year-over-year18.3% (5.8)% (10.9)%
Change in U.S. industrial and commercial orders year-over-year139.6% 0.3 % (30.2)%
Change in non-U.S. orders year-over-year21.2% 3.5 % (3.0)%
Backlog$257.5
 $137.0
 $171.3
Change in backlog year-over-year88.0% (20.0)% (32.7)%
On the date of acquisition, JJE had a backlog of orders from its end customers of $43.3 million. These acquired orders were included in total orders reported for the year ended December 31, 2016.
On the date of acquisition, TBEI had a backlog of orders from its end customers of $44.8 million. These acquired orders were included in total orders reported for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Year ended December 31, 2017 vs. year ended December 31, 2016
Total orders for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $1,018.0 million, an increase of $343.6 million, or 51%, compared to the prior year. The Environmental Solutions Group reported total orders of $806.3 million in 2017, an increase of $331.5 million, or 70%, compared to the prior year. The improvement was driven by organic order growth of approximately $121.1 million, or 33%, primarily represented by improved orders for sewer cleaners, street sweepers and vacuum trucks, the effects of $19.2the TBEI acquisition, which added $151.9 million in orders, and $15.5a net increase in orders of $58.5 million respectively.related to the inclusion of JJE orders for a full year in 2017 versus seven months in 2016. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group, orders increased by $12.1 million compared to the prior year, primarily driven by improvements in orders of industrial products, public safety products and outdoor warning systems.
U.S. municipal and governmental orders increased by 21%$55.8 million, or 18%, primarily due to highera $56.0 million improvement within the Environmental Solutions Group, largely represented by increases in orders for street sweepersweepers and sewer cleaners of $24.0 million and $20.4 million, respectively, and a $13.9 million increase in orders for dump truck bodies following the acquisition of $41.5TBEI. This improvement was partially offset by a $0.2 million reduction in municipal orders within the Safety and Security Systems Group.
U.S. industrial and commercial orders increased by $247.0 million, or 140%, largely driven by a $239.9 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group, primarily related to improvements in orders for vacuum trucks and sewer cleaners of $50.4 million and $29.2 million, respectively, the acquisition of TBEI, which were positively impacted by solid municipal demandcontributed $138.0 million, and an influx of fleet orders, as well as the effects of an improved pricing strategy. Further contributingthe inclusion of JJE orders for a full year in 2017 versus seven months in 2016. Within the Safety and Security Systems Group, industrial orders were up $7.1 million, due to the increase in U.S. municipal and governmental orders was an $11.2 million increase in sewer cleaner orders and a $3.6 million improvement inincreased orders of outdoor warning systems, public safety products and otherindustrial products of $4.0 million, $2.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Non-U.S. orders increased by $40.8 million, or 21%, largely due to a $35.6 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group, reflecting increased Canadian orders following the acquisition of JJE in June of 2016. Orders within the Safety and Security Systems Group increased by $5.2 million, driven by improved orders in industrial and coal markets, partially offset by reduced orders from international public notification systems.safety markets.

22

Table of Contents



U.S. industrial orders increased by 18%, primarily as a result of improved orders within our Environmental Solutions Group, including increased orders of $19.8 million, $6.3 million and $4.3 million for vacuum trucks, waterblasters and used equipment, respectively. Our Fire Rescue Group also reported a $12.1 million improvement in U.S. industrial orders during 2014.
Non-U.S. orders increased by 5%, primarily due to higher integrated systems orders and increased demand in international public safety markets within our Safety and Security Systems Group. Further contributing to the increase were higher non-U.S. orders of aerial lifts within our Fire Rescue Group.
Year ended December 31, 20132016 vs. year ended December 31, 20122015
For the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, total orders of $836.8$674.4 million increaseddecreased by 1%$11.7 million, or 2%, compared to the prior year, largely due to improveda $37.3 million decrease in orders within the Safety and Security Systems Group, primarily driven by a $26.7 million reduction in orders from global industrial markets, reflective of reduced demand from oil and gas markets. The decrease in orders within the Safety and Security Systems Group was offset by a $25.6 million improvement within the Environmental Solutions Group, which reported a significant increase in orders from Canada, largely due to the acquisition of $36.4 million of net orders in connection with the JJE acquisition, as well as orders received by JJE subsequent to the acquisition. That improvement was partially offset by lower domestic orders for street sweepers, waterblasting equipment and vacuum trucks, as well as reduced international orders for street sweepers and vacuum trucks within our Environmental Solutions Group.waterblasting equipment.
U.S. municipal and governmental orders increaseddecreased by 2%6%, primarily resulting from increasesdue to a decline in orders of street sweepers and outdoor warning systems of $16.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively. Street sweeper orders of $12.6 million, whichfrom our municipal markets decreased largely due to fewer fleet orders as compared with the prior year.
U.S. industrial and commercial orders were positively impacted by a shift in product mixessentially flat, with increased orders of higher-priced units and the effects of an improved pricing strategy, as well as a $4.9 million increase within the Environmental Solutions Group being largely offset by a $4.4 million decrease within the Safety and Security Systems Group. Improved domestic industrial orders within the Environmental Solutions Group, reflective of the addition of new product offerings acquired in connection with the JJE acquisition, including orders for rental equipment and refuse and recycling vehicles, were partially offset by lower orders of waterblasting equipment, vacuum trucks and used equipment. The decrease in orders within the police market attributable to higher new vehicle registrations in the market coupled with increased market share. Partially offsetting these increases was a $9.2 million decrease in sewer cleaner orders. As a result of capacity constraints, in 2012 the Company experienced accelerated placement of orders for sewer cleaners by customers seeking to assure availability of these products, which resulted in an inflated backlog. As the Company expanded capacity at the locations most affected by these advanced placement of orders, a return to more normal ordering patterns occurred, which resulted in a lower backlog. Orders for outdoor warning systems in our Safety and Security Systems Group were also down $4.0 millionwas primarily due to a decrease in military-market orders.
lower orders from U.S. industrial orders increased by 9%, primarily as a result of improved orders of $7.3 million for vacuum trucks, $5.1 million for waterblasters and $4.7 million for used equipment.markets.
Non-U.S. orders decreasedincreased by 4%, primarily due to lower demanda $31.9 million improvement within the Environmental Solutions Group that was largely offset by a $25.5 million decline in orders within the Safety and Security Systems Group. Within the Environmental Solutions Group, a substantial increase in Canadian orders was reflective of orders acquired in, and received subsequent to, the JJE acquisition, largely offset by declines in orders of vacuum trucks and sewer cleaners and a $8.5 million decrease in orders for street sweepers and waterblasting equipment in the Asia Pacific region for our fire-lift productsMiddle East. Within the Safety and decreased orders for international mining productsSecurity Systems Group, the decrease was primarily due to slowing demandlower orders from our coal-miningindustrial markets, including international oil, gas and coal markets, as well as reduced orders from international public safety markets.
Backlog
Backlog was $328.2$257.5 million at December 31, 20142017 as compared to $305.8$137.0 million at December 31, 2013.2016. The increase of $120.5 million, or 88%, was primarily due to a $114.5 million increase in backlog within the Environmental Solutions Group, largely due to improved ordersthe TBEI acquisition, whose backlog at December 31, 2017 was $42.5 million, and higher demand for vacuum trucks, sewer cleaners and street sweepers including significant fleet orders, as well as an increased level of orders received in the fourth quarter of 2014U.S. In addition, backlog within ourthe Safety and Security Systems Group. This was partially offsetGroup improved by decreasing backlog$6.0 million, primarily due increased orders for sewer cleaners and vacuum trucksoutdoor warnings systems, as a resultwell as the timing of measures taken to increase production capacity to manage sewer cleaner backlog and shorten lead times for vacuum trucks, and reduced U.S. dollar value of backlog of our fire-lift products due to an unfavorable foreign currency impact of $10.0 million.large police orders within public safety markets.
Environmental Solutions
The following table summarizes the Environmental Solutions Group’s operating results as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012:2015:
For the Years Ended December 31, ChangeFor the Years Ended December 31, Change
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 20122017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Net sales$536.6
 $474.0
 $427.8
 $62.6
 $46.2
$692.6
 $490.7
 $534.1
 $201.9
 $(43.4)
Operating income81.9
 58.2
 42.0
 23.7
 16.2
72.4
 54.1
 96.9
 18.3
 (42.8)
Other data:                  
Operating margin15.3% 12.3% 9.8% 3.0% 2.5%10.5% 11.0% 18.1% (0.5)% (7.1)%
Total orders$555.6
 $469.7
 $447.9
 $85.9
 $21.8
$806.3
 $474.8
 $449.2
 $331.5
 $25.6
Backlog218.3
 199.3
 203.6
 19.0
 (4.3)231.1
 116.6
 133.4
 114.5
 (16.8)
Depreciation and amortization6.8
 6.1
 5.4
 0.7
 0.7
25.7
 14.5
 7.3
 11.2
 7.2
Year ended December 31, 20142017 vs. year ended December 31, 20132016
Total orders increased by $85.9$331.5 million, or 18%70%, for the year ended December 31, 2014.2017. U.S. orders increased $86.5by $295.9 million, or 23%, largely due to an increaseimprovements in orders for sewer cleaners, vacuum trucks and street sweepers of $37.4$49.7 million, vacuum trucks of $15.9 million, sewer cleaners of $15.0$43.1 million and waterblasters$32.5 million, respectively, as well as the impact of $6.3 million.the TBEI acquisition, which contributed $151.9 million of orders. Street sweeperssweeper and sewer cleaners orders benefited from solidcleaner order improvements were primarily driven by increased demand within municipal demand and an influx of fleet orders, including significant orders from large municipalities.

23

Table of Contents



Improvedindustrial markets, while the increase in vacuum truck orders are inclusive of hydro-excavation productswas associated with applicationsimproved conditions in industrial markets. Non-U.S. orders decreased by $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Compared withmarkets in comparison to the prior year, when there was a higher amount of used equipment in some of our end markets. The improvement in vacuum truck orders for street sweeperswas also reflective of our strategic initiative to expand into the utility market, and sewer cleanersthe replenishment of customer rental fleets. Non-U.S. orders increased by $35.6 million, primarily attributed to the acquisition of JJE, completed in Canada were $7.0 million lower, while orders for sewer cleaners in the Middle East were also down $3.3 million. Partially offsetting these decreases were increased orders of $8.8 million for street sweepers in the Middle East, which were largely driven by a large fleet order during the second quarter of 2014.June last year.
Net sales increased by $62.6$201.9 million,, or 13%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. U.S. sales increased $43.1 million, primarily driven by increased shipments of vacuum trucks and street sweepers of $25.5 million and $10.4 million, respectively. Vacuum truck shipments exceeded prior-year levels, largely due to increased production throughput and productivity improvements within our manufacturing facilities which have facilitated increased sales of hydro-excavator products. Higher sales of street sweepers reflected improving municipal demand. Non-U.S. sales increased $19.5 million, or 25%, primarily due to increased street sweeper sales to the Middle East and Canada, and increased sewer cleaner shipments to Mexico and Canada.
Cost of sales increased by $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to higher sales volumes, which resulted in a $31.5 million increase in cost of sales, as well as increased costs associated with product mix relating to higher-content products within our industrial markets, partially offset by productivity improvements. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 improved to 23.3% from 20.3% in the prior year largely due to favorable mix associated with higher sales to industrial customers, including increased shipments of hydro-excavation products. Gross margin further benefited from favorable pricing, improved productivity and manufacturing facilities utilization improvements.
SEG&A expenses increased by $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The higher SEG&A expenses were largely the result of increased employee incentive and stock-based compensation expense, product liability costs and consulting expenses of $1.9 million, $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.
Operating income increased by $23.7 million, or 41%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in operating income was a result of higher gross profit of $28.82017. U.S. sales increased by $166.7 million, or 45%, primarily attributabledue to operating leveragethe current-year acquisition of TBEI which contributed $109.0 million of sales, and favorable product mix, offset by a $5.1 million increaseincreases in SEG&A expenses.
Backlog was $218.3 million at December 31, 2014, up 10% compared to $199.3 million at December 31, 2013. Backlog for street sweepers increased by $30.3 million, largely as a resultshipments of significant fleet orders, while backlog forvacuum trucks, sewer cleaners and vacuum trucks declinedwaterblasting equipment of $21.1 million, $10.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively. In addition, rental income and sales of used equipment improved by $12.1$5.5 million primarily as a result of measures taken to increase production capacity to manage backlog and shorten lead times for sewer cleaners and vacuum trucks.
Year ended December 31, 2013 vs. year ended December 31, 2012
Total orders increased by $21.8$7.5 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013. U.S. orders increased $23.2 millionrespectively, largely due to an increasethe current year including a full year of JJE activity compared with seven months last year. Partially offsetting these improvements was a $2.0 million decrease in street sweeper orders of $13.7 million. Street sweeper orders were positively impactedsales. Non-U.S. sales increased by a shift in product mix with increased orders of higher-priced units, as well as$35.2 million, or 30%, primarily due to the effects of an improved pricing strategy. U.S. orders further benefited from increased ordersthe additional JJE activity in the current year, including increases in rental income and sales of vacuum trucks of $7.3 million, waterblasters of $5.1 million and used equipment of $4.7 million. Partially offsetting these increases were decreased sewer cleaner orders$7.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
Cost of $9.2 million. The Company experienced a return to more normal ordering patterns as production capacity for sewer cleaners and vacuum trucks has increased. Non-U.S. orders decreased by $1.4 million compared to the prior year, which benefited from a significant order for vacuum trucks from a customer in the Asia Pacific region. Improved export orders for our street sweepers from customers in Canada, South America and the Middle East partially offset the decrease.
Net sales increased by $46.2$162.1 million, or 11%42%, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increases2017, primarily attributable to higher sales volumes, additional cost of sales from the TBEI acquisition and the effects of a full year of JJE activity in sales were experienced across all product lines. U.S. sales increased $42.2the current year, recognition of approximately $0.8 million or 12%, most notably due tomore expense associated with purchase accounting effects and a $33.1$6.5 million increase in sewer cleaner and vacuum truck shipments, a $3.5 million increase in sales of street sweepers as well as higher sales of other product lines. Our vacuum truck and sewer cleaner sales continued to benefitdepreciation expense, largely resulting from increased production capacity. Non-U.S. sales increased $4.0 million primarily due to increased vacuum truck, sewer cleaner and street sweeper shipments to Canada and the Middle East, partially offset by reduced sales of vacuum trucksdepreciation on rental equipment acquired in the Asia Pacific region compared with the prior year. In additionJJE transaction. Gross margin decreased to the impacts associated with increased unit volumes of $39.1 million, net sales further benefited20.8% from improved pricing.
Cost of sales increased by $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase is associated with increased unit volumes of $31.1 million, and $0.8 million of additional warranty expense, partially offset by favorable pricing and product mix impacts of $3.4 million. Cost increases were partially offset by margin improvement initiatives to control variable and fixed cost structures. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 improved to 20.3% from 18.4%21.2% in the prior year, largely due to the aforementioned incremental depreciation and purchase accounting expense effects.
SEG&A expenses increased by $21.0 million, or 42%, for the year ended December 31, 2017, largely due to the addition of expenses of businesses acquired in the current and prior year, a $4.7 million increase in amortization expense and strategic investments in our sales force to support our organic growth initiatives.
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $18.3 million, or 34%, largely due to the $39.8 million increase in gross profit, partially offset by the $21.0 million increase in SEG&A expenses and a $0.5 million increase in acquisition and integration-related expenses.
Backlog was $231.1 million at December 31, 2017, up 98% compared to $116.6 million at December 31, 2016. The increase is primarily due to the contribution of $42.5 million of backlog from TBEI, as well as the effects of improved demand for sewer cleaners, vacuum trucks, and street sweepers in the U.S.
Year ended December 31, 2016 vs. year ended December 31, 2015
Total orders increased by $25.6 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2016. U.S. orders decreased by $6.3 million, largely due to decreased orders for street sweepers, waterblasting equipment and vacuum trucks of $18.4 million, $3.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Partially offsetting these decreases were improvements in pricingorders of rental equipment, refuse trucks and sewer cleaners of $7.7 million, $7.0 million and $4.6 million, respectively, which largely resulted from the JJE acquisition. Street sweeper orders from our municipal markets decreased primarily due to fewer fleet orders when compared with the prior year, while the reduction in orders for waterblasting equipment and vacuum trucks is reflective of softness in oil and gas markets. Non-U.S. orders increased by $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, driven by a $40.4 million net increase in orders from Canada, largely resulting from the orders acquired in connection with the JJE acquisition and the receipt of post-acquisition orders of new product mix.lines, including refuse trucks, snow removal and rental equipment. This improvement was net of a combined $20.4 million decrease in Canadian orders for vacuum trucks and sewer cleaners. Orders in the Middle East also declined by $8.5 million, due to lower orders for street sweepers and waterblasting equipment.
Net sales decreased by $43.4 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2016. U.S. sales decreased by $64.8 million, or 15%, primarily due to reductions in sales of vacuum trucks, street sweepers and waterblasting equipment of $47.0 million, $25.3 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Partially offsetting these reductions was a $6.2 million increase in sales of refuse and recycling vehicles and a $4.6 million improvement in equipment rental revenue, largely resulting from the JJE acquisition, as well as a $4.5 million increase in sewer cleaner sales. Non-U.S. sales increased by $21.4 million, or 22%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to a $35.0 million increase in Canadian sales, largely resulting from the effects of the JJE acquisition, which included incremental sales of newly-acquired product lines and a $6.0 million increase in equipment rental revenue. Partially offsetting the sales improvement in Canada were reductions in sales of street sweepers and sewer cleaners in the Middle East and Mexico of $7.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
Cost of sales decreased by $7.0 million, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily driven by lower sales of vacuum trucks and street sweepers in the U.S, as well as fewer international shipments of street sweepers and sewer cleaners, partially offset by unfavorable mix effects, a $6.9 million increase in depreciation expense, largely associated with the

24

Table of Contents



acquisition of the JJE rental fleet, and the recognition of approximately $3.9 million of expense associated with purchase accounting effects resulting from current-year acquisitions. The additional expense reflects the recognition of higher cost of sales associated with sales of acquired equipment, which were increased to fair value in connection with the JJE acquisition. Gross margin decreased to 21.2% from 26.3% in the prior year, largely due to reduced operating leverage due to lower sales volumes, unfavorable sales mix, with fewer sales into industrial markets and a higher concentration of sales of products manufactured by other companies, which tend to carry lower margins, as well as purchase accounting expense effects.
SEG&A expenses increased by $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in SEG&A expenses primarily represented $0.7 million of increased salaries, driven by higher sales commissions and annual merit benefits, and $0.5 million in increased training and travel-related expenses.
Operating income increased by $16.2$5.9 million, or 39%14%, for the year ended December 31, 2013. The2016, largely due the addition of $6.8 million of SEG&A expenses from current-year acquisitions, as well as a $1.8 million increase in operatingproduct liability and workers’ compensation expenses. Partially offsetting these increases were decreased sales commissions on lower volumes, and benefits associated with cost reduction initiatives.
Operating income decreased by $42.8 million, or 44%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, largely due to a $36.4 million decrease in gross profit, inclusive of the aforementioned purchase accounting expense effects, the $5.9 million increase in SEG&A expenses and the inclusion of $0.5 million of acquisition and integration related expenses.
Backlog was $116.6 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $133.4 million at December 31, 2015. The reduction reflects lower backlog for street sweepers, as a result of higher gross profitlevels of $17.6 million, primarily related to pricing improvementsfleet orders in the prior year, and favorable volumes,vacuum trucks. The lower backlog for vacuum trucks reflects the direct effects of soft oil and gas markets and the impact of used equipment reducing demand for new equipment in adjacent industrial markets. These decreases were partially offset by increased SEG&A expenses.the addition of the backlog acquired in connection with the JJE acquisition, as well as post-acquisition order activity at JJE.
Backlog was $199.3 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $203.6 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to increased production levels of our municipal sewer cleaners and vacuum trucks, which facilitated reductions in backlog that had become inflated by long-advance orders. This was partially offset by increased orders for our street sweepers in the third and fourth quarters of 2013.
Safety and Security Systems
The following table summarizes the Safety and Security Systems Group’s operating results as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012:2015:
For the Years Ended December 31, ChangeFor the Years Ended December 31, Change
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 20122017 2016 2015 2017 vs. 2016 2016 vs. 2015
Net sales$242.5
 $238.9
 $240.3
 $3.6
 $(1.4)$205.9
 $217.2
 $233.9
 $(11.3) $(16.7)
Operating income32.1
 26.1
 27.9
 6.0
 (1.8)27.0
 27.0
 32.3
 
 (5.3)
Other data:                  
Operating margin13.2% 10.9% 11.6% 2.3% (0.7)%13.1% 12.4% 13.8% 0.7% (1.4)%
Total orders$251.8
 $236.3
 $241.9
 $15.5
 $(5.6)$211.7
 $199.6
 $236.9
 $12.1
 $(37.3)
Backlog36.4
 27.2
 31.2
 9.2
 (4.0)26.4
 20.4
 37.9
 6.0
 (17.5)
Depreciation and amortization4.5
 4.2
 4.3
 0.3
 (0.1)4.1
 4.4
 4.8
 (0.3) (0.4)
Year ended December 31, 20142017 vs. year ended December 31, 20132016
Total orders increased by $15.5$12.1 million or 7%6%, for the year ended December 31, 2014.2017. In the aggregate, U.S. orders were $6.3increased by $6.9 million higher thancompared to the prior year, and included increases of $3.9 million within our public safety markets, largely driven by higher policeincreases in orders coupled with market share gains. Orders of outdoor warning systems, public safety products and other notification systems sold into the municipal marketsindustrial products of $3.4 million, $2.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Non-US orders increased by $3.6 million. These increases were$5.2 million, largely due to a $6.8 million increase in orders from international industrial markets, including oil and gas and coal markets, partially offset by a $1.3$1.6 million decrease in orders of industrial products. Non-U.S. orders increased by $9.2 million largely due to a $6.7 million improvement in integrated systems orders, including sales into the international oil and gas markets, as well as $6.0 million of increased orders within our international public safety markets, primarily attributable to an influx of large orders within our European markets. These increases were partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease in orders into international coal markets.products.
Net sales increaseddecreased by $3.6$11.3 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2014.2017. U.S. sales were $0.3decreased by approximately $4.4 million, higher thanprimarily due to decreased sales of public safety products and outdoor warning systems of $3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The reduction in sales of both public safety products and outdoor warnings systems was primarily attributable to fewer large orders when compared to the prior year. Sales within our public safety markets increased by $6.4 million, includingPartially offsetting these decreases was a $3.2$1.9 million improvement in sales to police customers that was inclusive of industrial products. Non-U.S. sales decreased by $6.9 million, primarily driven by a significant project with$5.8 million reduction in sales into international public safety markets and a major municipality. Largely offsetting these increases was a reduction of $4.5$2.4 million decrease in sales of outdoor warning systems, which were impacted by the completion of significant orders in the municipal and military markets in the prior year, as well assystems. Partially offsetting these decreases was a $1.5$1.3 million decreaseimprovement in sales of industrial products due to slow demand. Non-U.S. sales increased by $3.3 million, primarily due to improvements within the European public safety markets of $2.9 million, driven by several significant deliveries, as well as a $2.8 million increase in integrated system sales and a $2.1 million improvement in sales of outdoor warning systems including several large sales into the Middle East. These increases were offset by $2.4 million in lower public safety exports to Mexico, South America and other international markets. Sales into international industrial markets, including oil and gas and coal markets declined by $1.5 million as compared to the prior year, reflecting unfavorable market conditions.markets.
Despite increased sales of $3.6 million, costCost of sales decreased by $0.3$9.6 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The reduction resulted from lower manufacturing costs, improved productivity, and favorable fixed-cost absorption tied to higher volumes. Also contributing2017, largely due to the decrease in costeffects of lower sales was the absence of expenses incurred in the prior year in connection with an ERP system implementation,volumes, as well as lower freight costs. Grossthe effects of material cost reduction initiatives implemented in the current and prior year. These actions contributed to an improved gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 improved2017 of 37.5%, compared to 34.5% from 33.4%36.3% in the prior year as a result of these factors, coupled with moderate pricing gains and favorable product mix realized in 2014.year.

25

Table of Contents



SEG&A expenses decreased by $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,2017 were $0.6 million lower than the prior year, with savings realized from prior year restructuring activities being partially offset by strategic investments in support of new product development and other growth initiatives.
Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $27.0 million was unchanged from the prior year, where reductions in SEG&A expenses and restructuring expenses of $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, offset a $1.7 million decrease in gross profit.
Backlog was $26.4 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $20.4 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $1.3increased orders for outdoor warnings systems, as well as large police orders within public safety markets that were received in the fourth quarter of 2017.
Year ended December 31, 2016 vs. year ended December 31, 2015
Total orders decreased by $37.3 million reduction in pension expense, lower sales commissions related to sales mix, decreased staffing costs attributable to prior restructuring activities and reductions in discretionary spending. Partially offsetting the decrease were increased employee incentive and stock-based compensation expenses.
Operating income increased by $6.0 million, or 23%16%, for the year ended December 31, 2014,2016. In the aggregate, U.S. orders were down $11.8 million compared to the prior year, driven by decreases in orders of industrial products and outdoor warning systems of $7.4 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The decrease in industrial orders is largely reflective of lower demand from domestic oil and gas markets. Non-U.S. orders decreased by $25.5 million, or 27%, primarily due to a $19.3 million decrease in orders from industrial markets, including international oil, gas and coal markets, as well as a $9.4 million reduction in orders from international public safety markets in comparison to the prior year, which included significant orders from customers in Europe and Asia that did not repeat in the current year. Partially offsetting these decreases was a $3.4 million improvement in international orders for outdoor warning systems, largely due to a $3.9significant orders received from the Middle East.
Net sales decreased by $16.7 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016. U.S. sales increased by $2.0 million, driven by an $8.1 million improvement in gross profit and the $1.1sales into public safety markets, inclusive of a number of large sales to major municipalities, combined with a $2.0 million decrease increase in SEG&A expenses. In addition, there were $1.0sales of domestic outdoor warning systems. Partially offsetting these increases was an $8.2 million of restructuring charges incurredreduction in the prior year.
Backlog was $36.4sales into industrial markets. Non-U.S. sales decreased by $18.7 million, at December 31, 2014 compared to $27.2 million at December 31, 2013. The increase of $9.2 million, or 34%20%, is primarily due to orders receiveda $17.8 million reduction in the fourth quarter of 2014, which were $5.3 million higher thansales into international industrial markets, primarily associated with ongoing softness in the fourth quarter of 2013,global oil and gas markets, as well as the timingabsence of future deliveries based on customer requirements.a $1.8 million order cancellation fee received in the prior year. In addition, sales into international public safety markets decreased by $4.6 million, largely due to lower sales into Central and South America. Partially offsetting these decreases was a $3.7 million improvement in international sales of outdoor warning products, driven by increased sales into the Middle East.
Year ended December 31, 2013 vs.Cost of sales decreased by $10.6 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 20122016, largely due to an $8.7 million decrease associated with lower sales volumes, and the effects of cost reduction initiatives. Partially offsetting these decreases was an unfavorable sales mix impact of $1.1 million associated with lower sales of products into industrial markets. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2016 of 36.3% remained unchanged from the prior year. The unfavorable sales mix effects and the inclusion of the aforementioned order cancellation fee in the prior year were fully offset by the savings associated with previously implemented restructuring activities and cost reduction initiatives.
Total ordersSEG&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $2.1 million lower than the prior year, largely due to lower employee costs, inclusive of the effects of previously implemented restructuring activities and cost reduction initiatives.
Operating income decreased $5.6by $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Total U.S. orders decreased by $1.22016, largely due to a $6.1 million represented by a $4.0decrease in gross profit. The $2.1 million reduction in orders forSEG&A expenses was partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in restructuring charges, which represented higher severance costs incurred in connection with the execution of a cost reduction plan in the U.S. during the year.
Backlog was $20.4 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $37.9 million at December 31, 2015. The decrease was driven by increased shipments of outdoor warning systems resultingthat exceeded incoming orders, lower domestic and international orders of industrial products, as well as reduced orders from large military-market orders received in the prior year, partially offset by increases in our police market, related to new vehicle registrationsoverseas public safety markets.
Corporate Expense
Corporate operating expenses were $32.3 million, $23.4 million and increased market share. Non-U.S. orders decreased by $4.4 million, primarily due to decreases of $2.7$26.0 million for international mining product orders due to slowing demand from our coal-mining marketsthe years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and $1.2 million of decreased orders in our European public safety markets. There was also weakness in our other international markets, including our integrated systems business, that was adversely impacted by the timing of large orders.2015, respectively.
Net sales decreased by $1.4 million inFor the year ended December 31, 2013. U.S. sales improved by $2.7 million, largely due to improvements in our police market, where sales2017, corporate operating expenses increased by $6.6 million due to improved demand and increasing market share. Partially offsetting this improvement was a $3.4 million decrease in sales of outdoor warning systems, which was impacted by the completion of significant orders during 2012. Non-U.S. sales decreased $4.1$8.9 million, primarily due to continuing weakness in the coal-mining markets, with sales decreasing by $4.2 million, a $2.8 million decrease in sales to our international public safety markets and a $1.0 million decrease in integrated system sales. These decreases were partially offsetdriven by a $1.4$6.1 million pension settlement charge, a $0.8 million increase in sales relating to non-U.S. outdoor warning systems, primarily due to the timing of ordersacquisition and shipments, and a $1.3 million increase in sales of industrial products.
Cost of sales increased by $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily related to the implementation of new ERP software within our U.S. operations during the second quarter of 2013, including inefficiencies experienced during the implementation, higher spending on engineering and implementation costs in our systems businesses and product and customer sales mix. In addition, cost of sales increased due to lower absorption of fixed overhead costs resulting from a change in sales mix amongst our businesses and product lines. These increases were partially offset by the impacts of lower sales volumes. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 declined to 33.4% from 34.4% in the prior year largely due to the costs and inefficienciesintegration-related expenses associated with the ERP implementation.
SEG&A expenses decreased by $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was driven by lower legal fees and decreased incentive compensation. Offsetting this decrease was a $0.5 million increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts associated with a specific international customer.
Operating income decreased $1.8 million, largely due to a $3.0 million reduction in gross profit, partially offset by the $1.3 million decrease in SEG&A expenses noted above. In addition, there was a $0.1 million increase in restructuring charges.
Backlog was $27.2 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $31.2 million at December 31, 2012. The $4.0 million decrease is primarily due to timing of large orders within our integrated systems and outdoor warning systems businesses, as well as decreased backlog within our European public safety markets.

26

Table of Contents



Fire Rescue
The following table summarizesTBEI acquisition, the Fire Rescue Group’s operating results asrecognition of $0.7 million in executive severance costs, increased legal expenses associated with hearing loss litigation and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 For the Years Ended December 31, Change
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 vs. 2013 2013 vs. 2012
Net sales$139.4
 $138.4
 $135.1
 $1.0
 $3.3
Operating income3.9
 9.0
 8.9
 (5.1) 0.1
Other data:         
Operating margin2.8% 6.5% 6.6% (3.7)% (0.1)%
Total orders$150.0
 $130.8
 $136.5
 $19.2
 $(5.7)
Backlog73.5
 79.3
 83.6
 (5.8) (4.3)
Depreciation and amortization3.5
 3.2
 2.6
 0.3
 0.6
Year ended December 31, 2014 vs. year ended December 31, 2013
Total orders increased by $19.2 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2014, largely due to a $12.1 million increase in U.S. industrial orders and a $8.0 million increase in European orders. Partially offsetting these increases was a $3.1 million decrease in orders in the Asia Pacific market.
Net sales increased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily driven by increased unit volumes of $7.3 million, partially offset by unfavorable product mix and foreign currency impacts of $3.9 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Improved sales of $9.2 million within European markets werehigher employee incentive compensation costs, partially offset by lower sales to the Asia Pacific of $6.6 million.
Cost of sales increased by $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, of which $5.0 million was the result of higher unit volumes. Further contributing to the increase were unfavorable product mix effects, attributable to a higher number of low-margin unit shipments than in the prior year, operational inefficiencies associated with the implementation of manufacturing facility investments and plant design improvements. Partially offsetting these factors was a favorable foreign currency impact of $1.9 million. Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 17.6% compared to 21.0% in the prior year, largely due to unfavorable sales mix with a higher proportion of low-margin sales. Further impacting gross margin were the operational inefficiencies noted above.
SEG&A expenses increased by $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, largely due to higher legalpension expenses.
Operating income decreased by $5.1 million, or 57%, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in operating income was primarily due to a $4.5 million reduction in gross profit and increased SEG&A expenses of $0.6 million.
Backlog was $73.5 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $79.3 million at December 31, 2013. In local currency, backlog increased by 5% during the comparable periods. However, due to an unfavorable currency impact of $10.0 million, reported backlog decreased by $5.8 million or 7%, as compared to the prior year.
Year ended December 31, 2013 vs. year ended December 31, 2012
Total orders decreased by $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to lower demand in the Asia Pacific region in comparison to a strong order cycle in the prior year. Industrial orders in the U.S. were largely flat as compared to the prior year.
Net sales increased by $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily driven by increased industrial sales in the U.S., as well as improved sales in the Middle East, partially offset by lower sales in the Asia Pacific and Europe. In the aggregate, the increase in sales was primarily attributable to favorable currency impacts of $4.4 million and favorable product mix impacts of $0.6 million, largely due to increased sales of higher-content chassis, partially offset by $1.7 million representing the effects of decreased unit volumes.
Cost of sales increased by $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, largely due to unfavorable currency impacts of $3.5 million and product mix of $0.4 million, partially offset by $1.3 million representing the impact from lower unit volumes. Gross profit in 2013 remained consistent with the prior year at 21.0%.
SEG&A expenses increased by $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, partly due to increased marketing efforts and engineering expenses associated with product development.

27




Operating income was largely flat, increasing by $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Favorable product mix and improved production efficiencies of $0.8 million and favorable currency impacts of $0.3 million, were partially offset by increased SEG&A expenses of $0.6 million and the effects of lower sales volumes of $0.3 million.
Backlog was $79.3 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $83.6 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to reduced orders of our fire-lift products as we completed and delivered units from a strong order cycle in the Asia Pacific region in the prior year.
Corporate Expense
Corporate operating expenses were $25.3 million, $22.7 million and $27.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, corporate operating expenses increased by $2.6 million, or 11%. The increase primarily related to an aggregate increase of $3.3 million in incentive and stock-based compensation expense, which was due in part to improvements in the Company’s performance. Also contributing to the increase was an unfavorable impact of $0.3 million from corporate restructuring activities. These increases were partially offset by a $1.3 million reduction in pension expense and lower professional services costs.
For the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, corporate operating expenses decreased by $4.6$2.6 million, or 17%. The decrease primarily relatedlargely due to reductions in SEG&A expenses of $3.7 million, including reducedlower employee incentive and stock compensation expense, and lower medical expense, as well ascosts, partially offset by a $0.9 million favorable year-over-year impact from corporate restructuring activities.increase in professional service and legal fees incurred in connection with acquisition and integration-related activity.
The Company’s hearing loss litigation has historically been managed by the Company’s legal staff resident at the corporate office and not by management at any reportingeither segment. In accordance with ASC TopicAccounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, Segment Reporting, which provides that segment reporting should follow the management of the item and that certain expenses may be corporate expenses, these legal expenses (which are not part of the normal operating activities of any of our operating segments), are reported and managed as corporate expenses.
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company used its cash flow from operations to fund growth and to make capital investments that sustain its operations, reduce costs, or both. Beyond these uses, remaining cash is used to pay down debt, repurchase shares, fund dividend payments and make pension contributions. The Company may also choose to invest in the acquisition of businesses. In the absence of significant unanticipated cash demands, we believe that the Company’s existing cash balances, cash flow from operations and borrowings available under our Senior Securedthe Amended 2016 Credit FacilityAgreement will provide funds sufficient for these purposes. The net cash flows associated with the Company’s rental equipment transactions are included in cash flow from operating activities. Subsequent to the acquisition of JJE, net cash flows from rental equipment transactions may become more significant, and as such, cash flow from operating activities may not be directly comparable with amounts reported in periods prior to the acquisition.
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $30.4$37.5 million, $23.8$50.7 million and $29.7$76.0 million as of December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, $19.22017, $20.2 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by foreign subsidiaries. Cash and cash equivalents held by subsidiaries outside the U.S. typically are held in the currency of the country in which it is located. This cash is used to fund the operating activities of our foreign subsidiaries and for further investment in foreign operations. Generally,Historically, we considerconsidered such cash to be permanently reinvested in our foreign operations and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate such cash to fund U.S. operations. However, in the event that these funds were needed to fund U.S. operations or to satisfy U.S. obligations, they generally could be repatriated. The repatriation of these funds may then causehave caused us to incur additional U.S. income tax expense, which would be dependent on income tax laws and other circumstances at the time any such amounts were repatriated.
The 2017 Tax Act provides a one-time “transition tax” on untaxed post-1986 accumulated earnings and profits (“E&P”) of a company’s controlled foreign corporations (“CFC”) determined as of November 2, 2017 or December 31, 2017 (whichever date on which there is more deferred E&P). As disclosed in Note 8 - Income Taxes, the Company’s accumulated undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries aggregated to an overall E&P deficit. Therefore, the Company estimates that no transition tax will be payable under the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. As with other tax calculations surrounding the 2017 Tax Act, the Company’s estimate of its transition tax liability as of December 31, 2017 is provisional due to complexities inherent in the computations that it expects to be addressed in whole, or in part, by regulations issued during 2018. As of December 31, 2017, the Company continues to assert that its undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested. The Company will continue to evaluate its U.S. and foreign cash needs and, as circumstances change, may change its assertion related to all or a portion of its undistributed foreign earnings.
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities totaled $72.2$73.5 million, $80.3$26.7 million and $49.2$91.1 million in 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. The decreaseincrease in 2014 relativecash generated by continuing operating activities in 2017 compared to 2016 was largely the result of higher earnings and benefits from reductions in primary working capital in comparison to the same period of the prior year was largely due to a $22.1 million increase in year-endyear. We began 2017 with higher total primary working capital levels (defined as accounts receivable and inventories, net, less accounts payable and customer deposits), primarily driven by higherdeposits, excluding primary working capital acquired during the year) than when entering the prior year, partly due to the acquisition of JJE, whose inventory levels associatedat any point in time can fluctuate based on demand given the distribution model, as well as the advanced purchase of inventory to meet anticipated production requirements. Partially offsetting this improvement was a $5.5 million year-over-year increase in interest payments. The operating cash flow in the prior-year period was also lower by approximately $11 million as a result of the non-cash settlement, in connection with a higher backlog at December 31, 2014, and increasedthe acquisition, of accounts receivable largely due to a high volume of fourth quarter shipments, most notably in the Fire Rescue Group. The Company’s 2014 cash flow from continuing operating activities was also impacted by increases in tax payments and pension contributions of $4.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, compared with the prior year. The increase noted in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily the result of higher earnings, combined with reductions in working capital.JJE.
Net cash used infor continuing investing activities totaled $11.6$277.1 million, $103.0 million and $15.9$11.5 million in 20142017, 2016 and 2013,2015, respectively. In 2012, $69.9 million of net cash was provided by investing activities, principally due to the receipt of $82.1 million from the sale of the FSTech Group. In each of the years presented, cash was used to fund the purchase of properties and equipment, with $19.5$8.0 million, $17.0$6.1 million and $13.0$9.6 million of capital expenditures in 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. The increaseAs discussed in capitalNote 2 – Acquisitions, in 2017, the Company paid $269.2 million to acquire TBEI. In 2016, the Company paid $96.6 million to acquire

2827




expendituressubstantially all the assets and operations of JJE, and also used $6.0 million to acquire Westech. In addition, during 2016, the Company received $6.0 million from a customer as full repayment of a loan that was originally provided in 2014 and 2013 was primarily the resultfourth quarter of continued investment in existing businesses, including those with the best opportunities to drive organic growth.2015. During 2014,2015, the Company also received $7.4$4.0 million from the escrow associated with the FSTech Group divestiture. ProceedsNet cash provided by discontinued investing activities totaled $86.2 million in 2016, which represented the net proceeds from the sale of properties and equipment amounted to $0.5 million, $0.1 million and $1.8 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.Bronto.
Net cash used forof $190.7 million was provided by continuing financing activities totaled $53.7 million, $65.6in 2017, compared with a net cash usage of $37.1 million and $71.8$33.0 million in 2014, 20132016 and 2012,2015, respectively. In 2014,2017, in connection with the funding of the acquisition of TBEI, the Company usedborrowed $243.0 million against its revolving credit facility. Between the TBEI acquisition date and the end of 2017, approximately $34 million of net borrowings were repaid. In addition, the Company funded cash dividends of $16.8 million and redeemed $2.9 million of stock in order to pay down a net $20.0remit funds to tax authorities to satisfy employees’ minimum tax withholdings following the vesting of stock-based compensation. In 2016, the Company borrowed $64.8 million onagainst its revolving credit facility, and $21.6funded cash dividends of $16.9 million, on its term loan, including a voluntary debt prepayment of $15.0 million that was made during the fourth quarter. The Company also repurchased $10.3$37.8 million of treasury stock, and redeemed $2.7 million of stock in order to remit funds to tax authorities to satisfy employees’ minimum tax withholdings following the vesting of stock-based compensation. The Company also paid the remaining $43.4 million of term loan debt outstanding under the Company’s March 13, 2013 Credit Agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”) and spent $1.1 million on fees in connection with its debt refinancing. In 2015, the Company funded cash dividends of $5.6 million. These$15.6 million, repurchased $10.6 million of treasury stock, and redeemed $3.2 million of stock in order to remit funds to tax authorities to satisfy employees’ minimum tax withholdings following the vesting of stock-based compensation. The Company also paid $5.8 million in scheduled term loan repayments. Offsetting these financing cash outflows were offset by $2.6$1.0 million of proceeds from stock option exercises and the aforementioned $2.2a $1.6 million excess tax benefit. In 2013,benefit, representing the Company used $61.4 million to pay down debt, and $6.1 million to pay an early termination penalty and debt issuance costs in connection with its March 2013 debt refinancing. The Company also received $2.6 million from stockdifference between stock-based compensation activity in 2013. In 2012, the Company used $67.3 million to pay down debt, and $6.9 million of debt issuance costs in connection with its 2012 debt refinancing.
The Company uses the ratio of total debt to adjusted EBITDA as one measure of its long-term financial stability. The ratio of debt to adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that represents total debt divided by the trailing 12-month total of income from continuing operations before interest expense debt settlement charges, other expense,deductible for income tax benefit or expense and depreciation and amortization expense. The Company uses the ratio to calibrate the magnitude of its debt and its debt capacity against adjusted EBITDA, which is used as an operating performance measure. We believe that investors use a version of this ratio in a similar manner. In addition,recognized for financial institutions (including the Company’s lenders) use the ratio in connection with debt agreements to set pricing and covenant limitations. For these reasons, the Company believes that the ratio is a meaningful metric to investors in evaluating the Company’s long-term financial performance and stability. Other companies may use different methods to calculate total debt to EBITDA. The following table summarizes the Company’s ratio of total debt to adjusted EBITDA, and reconciles income from continuing operations to adjusted EBITDA as of and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014:
 Trailing Twelve Months Ending December 31,
($ in millions)2014 2013 2012
Total debt$50.2
 $92.1
 $157.8
      
Income from continuing operations$63.0
 $160.2
 $22.0
Add:     
Interest expense3.8
 8.8
 21.4
Debt settlement charges
 8.7
 3.5
Other expense, net1.5
 0.1
 0.7
Income tax expense (benefit)24.3
 (107.2) 3.9
Depreciation and amortization15.0
 14.2
 13.2
Adjusted EBITDA$107.6
 $84.8
 $64.7
      
Total debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio0.5
 1.1
 2.4
reporting purposes.
On March 13, 2013,January 27, 2016, the Company entered into aan Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2016 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company as borrower,and certain of its foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the lenders referred to therein, as lenders,“Borrowers”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation,JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent, andKeyBank National Association, as documentation agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and GE Capital Markets, Inc.,J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, providingbookrunners, and the Company withother lenders and parties signatory thereto.
The 2016 Credit Agreement provided for a $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan of $75.0 million and a five-year $150.0$325.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on January 27, 2021, with borrowings in the form of loans or letters of credit up to the aggregate availability under the facility, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit. In addition, the 2016 Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature, whereby the Company may cause the commitments to increase by up to an additional $75.0 million, subject to the approval of the applicable lenders providing such additional financing. 
On June 2, 2017, in anticipation of the TBEI acquisition, the Company executed an amendment to the 2016 Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Amended 2016 Credit Agreement”), which borrowingsincluded provisions to exercise this accordion feature, thereby increasing the borrowing capacity under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement to $400.0 million.
The Amended 2016 Credit Agreement allows for the Borrowers to borrow in denominations of U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars (up to a maximum of C$100.0 million) or Euros (up to a maximum of €20.0 million). Borrowings under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement may be made from time to time during the termused for working capital and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions.
The Company’s domestic subsidiaries provide guarantees for all obligations of the Senior SecuredBorrowers under the Amended 2016 Credit Facility.
The Company used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility to (i) repay outstanding balances under its prior debt agreements, (ii) finance the ongoing general corporate needs of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) pay fees and expenses associated with repayment of amounts due under its prior debt agreements, including the payment of approximately $4.2 million in breakage fees and premiums and (iv) pay fees and expenses associated with the Senior Secured Credit Facility.
The Senior Secured Credit FacilityAgreement, which is a five-year senior secured credit facility secured by a first priority security interest in all now or hereafter acquired domestic property and assets and the stock or other equity interests in each of the domestic subsidiaries and certain65% of the outstanding voting capital stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to certain exclusions. Beginning on June 30, 2013,

29




quarterly installment payments are required to be made against the $75.0 million term loan based on an amortization schedule that required 7.5% of the original term loan to be repaid in the first year, 10.0% of the original term loan to be repaid in each of the second and third years, 12.5% of the original term loan to be repaid in each of the fourth and fifth years, with the remaining balance to be repaid on the maturity date of March 13, 2018. The Company is allowed to prepay the term loan in whole or in part prior to maturity without premium or penalty. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company made a voluntary term loan prepayment of $15.0 million. The prepayments reduce the quarterly debt installment payments and the amount due on maturity on a pro-rata basis.
The Senior Secured Credit Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate availability under the revolving credit facility of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit. Borrowings under the entire Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit FacilityAgreement bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00%0.00% to 2.00%1.25% for base rate borrowings and 2.00%1.00% to 3.00%2.25% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the lenders equalranging between 0.15% to a range of 0.25% to 0.45%0.30% per annum on the unused portion of the $150.0$400.0 million revolving credit facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.
The Company is allowedsubject to prepay in whole or in part advancescertain leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio financial covenants under the revolving credit facility portion without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respectAmended 2016 Credit Agreement that are to LIBOR loans. The Company pays the lowest margin or fee in each of the ranges noted above when its leverage ratio (as defined and measured under the Senior Security Credit Facility) of debt to EBITDA is less than 2.0.
The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with financial covenants related to the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum leverage ratio. The financial covenants arebe measured at each fiscal quarter-end. RestrictedThe Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 2017. Although it has not been triggered by the Company, the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement also includes a “covenant holiday” period, which allows for the temporary increase of the minimum leverage ratio following the completion of a permitted acquisition, or a series of permitted acquisitions, when the total consideration exceeds a specified threshold. In addition, the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement includes customary negative covenants, subject to certain

28




exceptions, restricting or limiting the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) make non-ordinary course dispositions of assets, (ii) make certain fundamental business changes, such as merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination, (iii) make restricted payments, including dividends areand stock repurchases, (iv) incur indebtedness, (v) make certain loans and investments, (vi) create liens, (vii) transact with affiliates, (viii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions, (ix) make negative pledges and (x) modify subordinated debt documents.
Under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement, restricted payments, including dividends and stock repurchases, shall be permitted only if (i) the pro-formaCompany’s leverage ratio after giving effect to such payment is less than 3.25x, pro-formaor equal to 2.50, (ii) the Company is in compliance after giving effect to such payment is maintained forwith all other financial covenants and (iii) there are no existing defaults under the Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit Facility. Agreement. If its leverage ratio is more than 2.50, the Company is still permitted to fund (i) up to $30.0 million of dividend payments, (ii) stock repurchases sufficient to offset dilution created by the issuance of equity as compensation to its officer, directors, employees and consultants and (iii) an incremental $30.0 million of other cash payments.
The Company was in complianceAmended 2016 Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Borrowers may be required immediately to repay all amounts outstanding under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement and the commitments from the lenders may be terminated.
In connection with all of its debt covenants as of, and throughoutrefinancing in the year ended December 31, 2014.
In the first quarter of 2013, upon execution of the Senior Secured Credit Facility,2016, the Company recorded $8.7repaid the remaining $43.4 million of costs related toprincipal outstanding under the termination2013 Credit Agreement and wrote off approximately $0.3 million of its prior debt agreements. The costs included a $4.2 million early termination penalty payment and a $4.5 million write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related tofees associated with the prior debt agreements.
2013 Credit Agreement. The Company incurred $1.9$1.1 million of debt issuance costs associatedin connection with the execution of the Senior Secured2016 Credit Facility. Financing costs incurred in connection with the Senior Secured Credit FacilityAgreement. Such fees have been deferred and are deferred andbeing amortized over the remaining life of the new debt. Approximately $0.1 million of deferred financing fees were written off in connection with the voluntary debt prepayment in the fourth quarter of 2014.
In the second quarter of 2014, the Company executed an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The changes resulting from the amendment were primarily administrative in nature, including modifications to facilitate the repurchase of the Company’s common stock. No fees were incurred in connection with executing the amendment, nor were there any changes to financial covenant requirements.five-year term.
As of December 31, 2014,2017, there was no$277.0 million of cash drawn and $23.9$17.1 million of undrawn letters of credit under the $150.0 million revolving credit facility portion of the Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit Facility,Agreement, with $126.1$105.9 million of net availability for borrowings. As of December 31, 2014,2017, there was no amounts werecash drawn against the Company’s non-U.S. lines of credit which provide for borrowings up to $12.3$0.2 million.
On March 13, 2013,For the Company entered into an interest rate swap (the “Swap”) as a means of fixing the floating interest rate component on $75.0 million of its variable-rate debtyear ended December 31, 2017, gross borrowings and gross payments under the Senior Secured2016 Credit Facility. The Swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, with a termination date of March 13, 2018. InAgreement and the fourth quarter of 2014,Amended 2016 Credit Agreement were $262.7 million and $53.6 million, respectively. For the Company terminatedyear ended December 31, 2016, gross borrowings and gross payments under the Swap2016 Credit Agreement were $69.8 million and received $0.2$5.0 million, in connection with its settlement. The gain of $0.2 million has been included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and will be reclassified into earnings overrespectively. For the remaining termyear ended December 31, 2015, there were no gross borrowings or gross payments under the Company’s domestic revolving credit facility portion of the Senior Secured2013 Credit Facility.Agreement.
Aggregate maturities of total borrowings due amount to approximately $6.2$0.3 million in 2015, $7.32018, $0.2 million in 2016, $7.42019, $0.1 million in 20172020 and $29.3$277.1 million in 2018.2021. The weighted average interest rate on long-term borrowings was 2.2%3.25% at December 31, 2014.2017.
The Company paid interest of $3.0$6.6 million in 2014, $9.42017, $1.1 million in 20132016 and $20.6$1.9 million in 2012.2015.
The Company paid income taxes of $8.2$13.9 million in 2014, $4.02017, $13.3 million in 20132016 and $2.9$9.6 million in 2012.2015.
Cash dividends of $5.6$16.8 million, $16.9 million and $15.6 million were declared and paid to stockholders in 2014. The Company did not declare any dividends in 2013, 2012 or 2011,2017, 2016 and accordingly, no dividends were paid in 2013 or 2012.

30




Total debt net of cash and cash equivalents included in continuing operations was $19.8 million representing 5% of total capitalization at December 31, 2014 versus $68.3 million, or 16%, at December 31, 2013. The decrease in the percentage of total debt net of cash and cash equivalents to total capitalization in 2014 was primarily due to a $41.9 million reduction of total debt, combined with an increase in retained earnings during 2014 resulting from the generation of $63.7 million of net income for the year ended December 31, 2014.2015, respectively.
The Company anticipates that capital expenditures for 20152018 will be in the range of $15 million to $20 million. The Company believes that its financial resources and major sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations and borrowing capacity, will be adequate to meet its operating needs, capital needs and financial commitments.

29




Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations and payments due by period as of December 31, 2014:2017:
Payments Due by PeriodPayments Due by Period
(in millions)Total 
Less than
1 Year
 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 
More than
5 Years
Total 
Less than
1 Year
 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 
More than
5 Years
Long-term debt$49.2
 $5.8
 $14.1
 $29.3
 $
$277.0
 $
 $
 $277.0
 $
Interest payments on long term debt3.4
 1.1
 1.7
 0.6
 
Interest payments on long-term debt (a)
28.1
 9.1
 18.3
 0.7
 
Operating lease obligations48.7
 7.7
 13.7
 10.2
 17.1
37.2
 8.4
 14.0
 11.3
 3.5
Capital lease obligations1.0
 0.4
 0.6
 
 
0.7
 0.3
 0.3
 0.1
 
Purchase obligations (a)(b)
39.6
 36.9
 2.7
 
 
117.6
 113.1
 4.4
 0.1
 
Pension contributions (b)(c)
8.9
 8.9
 
 
 
6.5
 6.5
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations (c)
$150.8
 $60.8
 $32.8
 $40.1
 $17.1
Contingent earn-out payment and deferred payment (d)
12.3
 
 12.3
 
 
Total contractual obligations (e)
$479.4
 $137.4
 $49.3
 $289.2
 $3.5
(a)Amounts represent estimated contractual interest payments on outstanding long-term debt.
(b)Purchase obligations primarily relate to commercial chassis and other contracts in the ordinary course of business.
(b)(c)The Company expects to contribute up to $7.8$5.1 million to the U.S. benefit plansplan and up to $1.1$1.4 million to the non-U.S. benefit plansplan in 2015,2018, which represents the minimum required contribution. Future contributions to the plans will be based on such factors as (i) annual service cost, (ii) the financial return on plan assets, (iii) interest rate movements that affect discount rates applied to plan liabilities and (iv) the value of benefit payments made. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the potential future cash outflows associated with these plans, the Company is unable to provide a reasonably reliable estimate of the amounts and periods in which any additional liabilities might be paid.
(c)(d)Represents the fair value of the contingent earn-out payment and deferred payment associated with the acquisition of JJE. For further discussion, see Note 2 – Acquisitions to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(e)As of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company hashad a liability of approximately $2.8$1.9 million for unrecognized tax benefits (refer tobenefits. For further discussion, see Note 68 – Income Taxes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements).statements. Due to the uncertainties related to these tax matters, the Company generally cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement for this liability. As such, the potential future cash outflows are not included in the table above. We do not expect any significant change to our unrecognized tax benefits as a result of potential expiration of statute of limitations and settlements with tax authorities.
The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements and the notional amount by expiration period as of December 31, 2014:2017:
Notional Amount by Expiration PeriodNotional Amount by Expiration Period
(in millions)Total   
Less than
1 Year
 2-3 Years 4-5 YearsTotal   
Less than
1 Year
 2-3 Years 4-5 Years
Financial standby letters of credit (a)
$22.2
 $22.2
 $
 $
$16.0
 $16.0
 $
 $
Performance standby letters of credit (a)
12.4
 12.0
 0.2
 0.2
1.1
 1.1
 
 
Performance and bid bonds (b)
12.6
 8.1
 1.3
 3.2
4.2
 4.0

0.1
 0.1
Repurchase obligations (c)
6.4
 5.1
 1.0
 0.3
Total off-balance sheet arrangements$47.2
 $42.3
 $1.5
 $3.4
$27.7
 $26.2
 $1.1
 $0.4
(a) Financial standby letters of credit largely relate to casualty insurance policies for the Company’s workers’ compensation, automobile, general liability and product liability policies. Performance standby letters of credit primarily represent guarantees of performance of certain subsidiaries that engage in transactions with foreign customers.
(b)Performance and bid bonds primarily relate to guarantees of performance of certain subsidiaries that engage in transactions with domestic and foreign customers.
(c)Relates to certain transactions that the Company has entered into involving the sale of equipment to certain of its customers which included (i) guarantees to repurchase the equipment for a fixed price at a future date and (ii) guarantees to repurchase the equipment from the third-party lender in the event of default by the customer. For further discussion, see Note 10 – Commitments and Contingencies to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company considers the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

3130

Table of Contents



Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2017.
In testing the goodwill of its reporting units for potential impairment, the Company applies either a qualitative test, or a two-step quantitative test, in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other.
A qualitative approach is applied when the Company concludes that it is not “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. In this situation, the Company would not be required to perform the two-step impairment test described below. Management applied the qualitative approach to assess the goodwill of its reporting units for potential impairment in 2017 and concluded that it was not “more likely than not” that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units were less than their carrying values.
The first step in the quantitative two-step approach is used to identify potential impairment, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”
Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, including growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by reviewing current risk-free rates of capital and current market interest rates and by evaluating the risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.
Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method,” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities to our businesses. For these companies, the Company used market values to calculate the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of the Company’s common stock and other guideline companies are additional key inputs. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. Conversely, if market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.
The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches.
Although the Company believes its estimates of fair value are reasonable, actual financial results could differ from estimated financial results due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making such estimates. Changes in assumptions concerning future financial results or other underlying assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value of the reporting units, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both. Future declines in the overall market value of the Company may also result in a conclusion that the fair value of one or more reporting units has declined below its carrying value.
One measure of the sensitivity of assumptions used in the impairment analysis is the amount by which each reporting unit “passed” (fair value exceeds the carrying value) the first-step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The fair value of the reporting units that were tested for impairment under the two-step approach in the most recent quantitative analysis performed in 2016 significantly exceeded their carrying values. Relatively small changes in the Company’s key assumptions would not have resulted in any of these reporting units failing the first step of the two-step test.
The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2017, 2016 or 2015. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flow could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the Company’s goodwill by segment.
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step of the two-step quantitative

31

Table of Contents



approach for testing goodwill for potential impairment. See Note 19 - New Accounting Pronouncements (Issued But Not Yet Adopted) to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets
An intangible asset determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis at year-end, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset could be below its carrying amount. The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets include trade names associated primarily with the TBEI and JJE acquisitions that were completed in 2017 and 2016, respectively.
In testing the indefinite-lived intangibles assets for potential impairment, the Company applies either a qualitative test, or a quantitative test, in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other. A qualitative approach is applied when the Company concludes that it is not “more likely than not” that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles are less than their carrying value. A quantitative impairment test consists of comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized for the carrying amount in excess of its fair value. In 2017 and 2016, the Company applied a qualitative approach. Based on the proximity of the relevant acquisition dates to the annual impairment test dates and the post-acquisition performance of the businesses compared to the related valuation assumptions, the Company concluded that it was not “more likely than not” that the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than the carrying amounts.
Significant judgment is applied when evaluating whether an intangible asset has an indefinite useful life. In addition, for indefinite-lived intangible assets, significant judgment is applied in testing for impairment. This judgment includes developing cash flow projections, selecting appropriate discount rates, identifying relevant market comparables, and incorporating general economic and market conditions.
The Company had no indefinite-lived intangible asset impairments for its continuing operations in 2017 or 2016. Although the Company believes its estimates of fair value are reasonable, actual financial results could differ from estimated financial results due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making such estimates. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in different impacts to the Company's results of operations. Actual results may differ from the Company's estimates.
See Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Workers’ Compensation and Product Liability Reserves
Due to the nature of the Company’s manufacturing and products, the Company is subject to workers’ compensation and product liability claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company carries insurance against such claims but is self-funded for a portion thereof, with various retention and excess coverage thresholds. After a claim is filed, an initial liability is estimated, if any is expected, to resolve the claim. This liability is periodically updated as more claim facts become known. The establishment and update of liabilities for unpaid claims, including claims incurred but not reported, is based on the assessment by the Company’s claim administrator of each claim and an independent actuarial valuation of the nature and severity of total claims, as well as management’s estimate. The Company utilizes a third-party claims administrator to pay claims, track and evaluate actual claims experience and ensure consistency in the data used in the actuarial valuation. The amount and timing of cash payments relating to these claims are considered to be reliably determinable given the nature of the claims and historical claim volumes to support the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment patterns. As such, the reserves recorded are discounted using a risk-free rate that matches the average duration of the claims. Management believes that the reserve established at December 31, 2017 appropriately reflects the Company’s risk exposure. The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from firefighter hearing loss litigation, with the exception of certain estimated losses that have been recognized related to settlement discussions (see Note 11 – Legal Proceedings to the accompanying consolidated financial statements). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.
Pensions
The Company sponsors one domestic and one foreign defined benefit pension plan. Key assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans in each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 included the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, estimates of future mortality of plan participants and the rate of increase in employee compensation levels. A change in any of these assumptions would have had an effect on net periodic pension expense.

32

Table of Contents



The following table summarizes the impact of a 25 basis point change in the discount rate on the Company’s projected benefit obligation:
 Assumption Change:
(in millions)25 Basis Point Increase 25 Basis Point Decrease
Projected benefit obligation$(7.2) $7.5
A 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate would have an insignificant effect on the net periodic pension expense recognized in 2017. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities and costs is selected using a hypothetical portfolio of high quality bonds that would provide the necessary cash flow to match the projected benefit payments of the plans. The discount rate represents the rate at which our benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the year-end measurement date. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities decreased from 2016 to 2017. For further discussion, see Note 9 – Pensions to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s net periodic pension expense is also sensitive to changes in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on historical and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested. The expected asset return assumption is based upon a long-term view; therefore, we do not expect to see significant changes from year to year based on positive or negative actual performance in a single year. A 25 basis point decrease or increase in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the net periodic pension expense recognized in 2017 by $0.5 million.
The Company references the most recent mortality tables and scales published by the Society of Actuaries in determining its estimate of future mortality.
As discussed further in Note 9 – Pensions to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, benefits associated with salary increases within the U.S. benefit plan ceased at the end of 2016, at which point all existing defined benefit plans became fully frozen. As a result, salary increases no longer impact net periodic pension expense.
Revenue Recognition
Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle-mounted aerial platforms, parts, service and maintenance contracts.
The Company recognizes revenue for products when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If, at the outset of an arrangement, the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met.
The Company enters into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. These arrangements may include software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. The Company identifies all goods and/or services that are to be delivered separately under the sales arrangement and allocates revenue to each deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are generally established using reliable third-party objective evidence, or management’s best estimate of selling price, including prices charged when sold separately by the Company. In general, revenues are separated between hardware, integration and installation services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized using appropriate revenue recognition methods.
Workers’ Compensation and Product Liability Reserves
Due to the nature of the Company’s products,On January 1, 2018, the Company is subject to workers’ compensationadopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as amended, and product liability claims in the ordinary course of business. The Company is self-funded for a portion of these claimscreated by ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with various retention and excess coverage thresholds. After a claim is filed, an initial liability is estimated, if any is expected, to resolve the claim. This liability is periodically updated as more claim facts become known. The establishment and update of liabilities for unpaid claims, including claims incurred but not reported, is based on the assessment by the Company’s claim administrator of each claim and an independent actuarial valuation of the nature and severity of total claims, as well as management’s estimate. The Company utilizes a third-party claims administrator to pay claims, track and evaluate actual claims experience and ensure consistency in the data used in the actuarial valuation. The amount and timing of cash payments relating to these claims are considered to be reliably determinable given the nature of the claims and historical claim volumes to support the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment patterns. As such, the reserves recorded are discounted using a risk-free rate that matches the average duration of the claims. Management believes that the reserve established at December 31, 2014 appropriately reflects the Company’s risk exposure. The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from firefighter hearing loss litigation (seeCustomers. See Note 9 – Legal Proceedings19 - New Accounting Pronouncements (Issued But Not Yet Adopted) to the accompanying consolidated financial statements). Ifstatements for further discussion regarding the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it will record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, at the appropriate time.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excessimpact of the cost of an acquired business overadoption on the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31, 2014.
In 2014 and 2013, the Company applied the qualitative assessment, outlined in ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, to certain of its reporting units and concluded that it was not “more likely than not” that the fair values of these reporting units were less than their carrying values. As a result, the Company was not required to perform the two-step impairment test described below for these reporting units.Company’s revenue recognition accounting policies.
For the remaining reporting unit, goodwill was tested for impairment based on a two-step test in both 2014 and 2013. In 2012, goodwill for all reporting units was tested for impairment under the two-step approach. The first step in the two-step approach is used to identify potential impairment, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”

3233




Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, including growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by reviewing current risk-free rates of capital and current market interest rates and by evaluating the risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.
Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method,” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities. For these companies, the Company calculated the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of the Company’s common stock and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. Conversely, if market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.
The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. Consistent with the prior year, management used a combination of the income and market approaches to determine the reporting unit’s fair value in 2014.
Although the Company believes its estimates of fair value are reasonable, actual financial results could differ from those estimates due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making such estimates. Changes in assumptions concerning future financial results or other underlying assumptions could have a significant impact on either the fair value of the reporting units, the amount of any goodwill impairment charge, or both. Future declines in the overall market value of the Company may also result in a conclusion that the fair value of one or more reporting units has declined below its carrying value.
One measure of the sensitivity of assumptions used in the impairment analysis is the amount by which each reporting unit “passed” (fair value exceeds the carrying value) the first-step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The fair value of the reporting unit that was tested for impairment under the two-step approach in the 2014 analysis exceeded its carrying value by more than 20%. Relatively small changes in the Company’s key assumptions would not have resulted in the reporting unit failing the first step of the two-step test. As explained above, the Company was not required to perform the two-step approach for certain reporting units as it was considered not “more likely than not” that the fair values of these reporting units were less than their carrying values.
The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2014, 2013 or 2012. Adverse changes to the Company’s business environment and future cash flow could cause us to record impairment charges in future periods, which could be material. See Note 4 – Goodwill to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a summary of the Company’s goodwill by segment.
Pensions
The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Key assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, rate of increase in employee compensation levels and estimates of future mortality of plan participants. A change in any of these assumptions would have an effect on net periodic pension expense.
The following table summarizes the impact that a 25 basis point change in the discount rate on the Company’s projected benefit obligation and net periodic pension expense:
 Assumption Change:
(in millions)25 Basis Point Increase 25 Basis Point Decrease
Projected benefit obligation$(7.9) $8.2
Net periodic pension expense(0.3) 0.3
The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities and costs is selected using a hypothetical portfolio of high quality bonds that would provide the necessary cash flow to match the projected benefit payments of the plans. The discount rate represents the rate at which our benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the year-end measurement date. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities decreased from 2013 to 2014. See Note 7 – Pensions to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
The Company’s net periodic pension expense is also sensitive to changes in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on historical and expected returns for the asset classes in

33




which the plans are invested. The expected asset return assumption is based upon a long-term view; therefore, we do not expect to see significant changes from year to year based on positive or negative actual performance in a single year. A 25 basis point decrease or increase in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have increased or decreased the net periodic pension expense recognized in 2014 by $0.5 million.
A decrease or increase of 25 basis points in the rate of increase in employee compensation levels would have an insignificant impact on the net periodic pension expense recognized in 2014.
In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries published new mortality tables and scales that project people will generally live longer than previously anticipated. The Company’s projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014 were measured after taking the updated tables into consideration. The estimated impact of adopting these new tables was an increase of approximately 4% in the projected benefit obligation of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit plan.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are also recorded with respect to net operating losses and other tax attribute carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income of the period that includes the enactment date.
In the fourth quarter of 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was enacted. Among its provisions, the 2017 Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective in 2018), requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. As discussed in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 include the Company’s provisional estimates of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, in accordance with SAB 118. The Company expects to adjust the provisional amounts throughout the measurement period as the Company’s calculations are refined and additional interpretive guidance becomes available.
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740,Income Taxes, which requires that the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized in the period the tax rate change was enacted. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act being signed into law on December 22, 2017, the Company remeasured its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities at the lower rate, recording a net tax benefit of $23.0 million as a component of Income tax expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The 2017 Tax Act also provides a one-time “transition tax” on untaxed post-1986 accumulated E&P of a CFC determined as of November 2, 2017 or December 31, 2017 (whichever date on which there is more deferred E&P). Cash and cash equivalents are taxed at an effective rate of 15.5% and earnings in excess of the cash position are taxed at an effective rate of 8%. The 2017 Tax Act permits the netting of positive earnings of one CFC against deficits of others. At both November 2, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the accumulated undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries aggregate to an overall E&P deficit. Therefore, the Company estimates that no transition tax will be payable under the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. As with other tax calculations surrounding the 2017 Tax Act, the Company’s estimate of its transition tax liability as of December 31, 2017 is provisional due to complexities inherent in the computations that it expects to be addressed in whole, or in part, by regulations issued during 2018. As of December 31, 2017, the Company continues to assert that its undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested.
As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, a $3.0 million valuation allowance was recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits. The 2017 Tax Act moves the U.S. from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system and changes the rules that enable taxpayers to generate foreign source income related to export sales. Consequently, at this time, the Company does not believe that it is “more likely than not” that it can utilize its existing foreign tax credits within the applicable carryforward period. The Company will continue to evaluate this conclusion throughout the measurement period as additional interpretive guidance is issued.
The Company does not believe at this time that it will be subject to either the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse (“BEAT”) tax or the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax that were enacted pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act and that are effective beginning January 1, 2018. Accordingly, the Company has not yet selected an accounting policy with respect to GILTI.  The Company will continue to evaluate this conclusion throughout the measurement period as additional interpretive guidance is issued.
The guidance on accounting for income taxes provides important factors in determining whether a deferred tax asset will be realized, including whether there has been sufficient taxable income in recent years and whether sufficient income can reasonably be expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. A high degree of judgment is required to determine if, and the extent that, valuation allowances should be recorded against deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
We continually evaluate the need to maintain a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on our assessment of whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax benefits will be realized through the generation of future taxable income. Appropriate consideration is given to all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.
In
34




During the second quarter of 2013, this evaluation resulted inyear ended December 31, 2017, the determinationCompany determined that $102.4$0.8 million of our valuation allowance, on U.S.previously recorded against state deferred tax assets, could be released. released primarily as a result of future taxable income expected to be generated in certain states following the TBEI acquisition.
At that time, a qualitative and quantitative analysis of current and expected domestic earnings, industry and market trends, tax planning strategies and general business risks resulted in a conclusion that it was more likely than not that a significant portion of our U.S.December 31, 2017, the total valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets would be realized. Factors consideredwas $10.6 million, comprised of a $6.3 million valuation allowance recorded against state net operating loss carryforwards, a $1.3 million valuation allowance recorded against foreign net deferred tax assets, inclusive of a $1.0 million valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets in reaching this determination included the returnU.K., and the $3.0 million valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, as discussed above. For further discussion, see Note 8 – Income Taxes to profitability on a cumulative basis and improved market demand, with expectations that such improvement would continue into the foreseeable future. In addition, in 2012, we exited a business segment that had produced losses. accompanying consolidated financial statements.
We believe that our approach to the associated estimates and judgments applied to our tax positions as described herein is reasonable; however, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in income taxes that could be material.
We continue to maintain a valuation allowance on certain state and foreign deferred tax assets that we believe, on a more likely than not basis, will not be realized.
Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also outlines de-recognition and classification, and requires companies to elect and disclose their method of reporting interest and penalties on income taxes. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense.

34




Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
The Company is subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. To mitigate this risk, the Company utilizesmay utilize derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and is not party to leveraged derivatives contracts.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company manages exposureOur debt instruments subject us to interest ratemarket risk associated with movements by balancing exposure between fixed-rate and floating-rate debt. The Company generally targets a ratio of fixed-rate debt to total debt of between 40% and 60%. At lower levels of total debt, the Company may accept a lower proportion of fixed-rate debt. The Company uses funded fixed-rate and floating-rate borrowings, as well as interest rate swaps, to balance the overall fixed to floating interest rate mix.
In March 2013, a five-year floating to fixed rate amortizing interest rate swap with a total notional amount of $75 million was implemented as a hedge that fixed the entire term loan portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, which was closed and funded at the same time. The debt borrowed under the revolving credit facility portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facility remained at floatingin interest rates. During 2013 and 2014, cash from operations was used to repay borrowings under the revolving credit facility. This had the effect of significantly reducing the amount of floating-rate debt, which resulted in the fixed-rate debt balance falling outside of the typical target range of 40% to 60%. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company also made a voluntary term loan prepayment of $15.0 million which reduced total borrowings. Based on the reductions in total debt and the hedged debt balance, the Company decided to terminate the fixed-rate interest rate swap in December 2014. At December 31, 2014, total debt therefore was represented solely by the term loan portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facility, at a floating interest rate. The Company periodically reviews its interest rate exposures and its fixed to floating interest rate debt mix.
The following table summarizes the principal cash flow and weighted average interest rates by year of maturity for the Company’s variable-rate debt obligations held at December 31, 2014:
 Expected Maturity Date
($ in millions)2015 2016 2017 2018 Total
Variable-rate debt$5.8
 $6.9
 $7.2
 $29.3
 $49.2
Average interest rate2.2% 2.2% 2.2% 2.2% 2.2%
The fair value of the Company’s total debt obligations held at December 31, 20142017 was $50.2$277.7 million. On June 2, 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $150.0 million, as a means of fixing the floating interest rate component on $150.0 million of its variable-rate debt. See Note 57 – Debt to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a description of theseour debt agreements. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in variable interest rates in 20142017 would have increasedincrease or decreaseddecrease annual interest expense by approximately $0.1 million.$1.3 million, based on current debt levels.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Although the majority of the Company’s sales, expenses and cash flow are transacted in U.S. dollars, the Company has exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, primarily the Canadian Dollar, Euro and the British pound. The impact of currency movements on our financial results is largely mitigated by natural hedges in our operations. Approximately 65%The Canadian operations of our total sales are conducted within the U.S.JJE primarily conduct business in Canadian dollars. Almost all other sales of product from the U.S. to other parts of the world are denominated in U.S. dollars. Sales from and within other currency zones are predominantly transacted in the currency of the country sourcing the product or service. Approximately 75% of our total sales are conducted within the U.S. and are transacted in U.S. dollars. Management estimates that a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar against other currencies would reduce full-year net sales by less thanapproximately 2% and operating income by approximately 1%.
The Company may also have foreign currency exposures related to buying and selling in currencies other than the local currency in which it operates and to certain balance sheet positions. If such transactional or balance sheet exposures are material, the Company may enter into matching foreign currency forward contracts from time to time to protect against variability in exchange rates. As of December 31, 2014, there are less than $0.1 million of unrealized gains on the Company’s foreign exchange contracts.

35




Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 Page

36




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Federal Signal Corporation
Oak Brook, Illinois
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20142017, and 2013. Our audit also included the financial statementrelated notes and the schedule as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 listed in the Index at Item 15. These15 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial statement schedulereporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements and schedule based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material aspects, the information set forth therein.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 2, 2015February 28, 2018



We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

37




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Federal Signal Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(2) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 15, 2013


38




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Federal Signal Corporation
Oak Brook, Illinois
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Federal Signal Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014,2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, of the Company and our report dated February 28, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for GenNx/TBEI Intermediate Co. (“TBEI”), which was acquired on June 2, 2017. TBEI’s net sales and total assets (excluding TBEI goodwill and intangible assets which were integrated into the Company’s control environment) each represent approximately 12% of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at TBEI.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of theits inherent limitations, of internal control over financial reporting including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be preventedprevent or detected on a timely basis.detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, of the Company and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 2, 2015February 28, 2018


3938




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the Years Ended December 31,For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Net sales$918.5
 $851.3
 $803.2
$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0
Cost of sales685.2
 646.2
 613.4
677.3
 524.8
 542.4
Gross profit233.3
 205.1
 189.8
221.2
 183.1
 225.6
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses140.7
 133.8
 136.9
144.7
 122.3
 122.0
Acquisition and integration-related expenses2.7
 1.4
 
Pension settlement charges6.1
 
 
Restructuring
 0.7
 1.4
0.6
 1.7
 0.4
Operating income92.6
 70.6
 51.5
67.1
 57.7
 103.2
Interest expense3.8
 8.8
 21.4
7.3
 1.9
 2.3
Debt settlement charges
 8.7
 3.5

 0.3
 
Other expense, net1.5
 0.1
 0.7
Other (income) expense, net(1.2) (1.3) 1.0
Income before income taxes87.3
 53.0
 25.9
61.0
 56.8
 99.9
Income tax (expense) benefit(24.3) 107.2
 (3.9)
Income tax expense0.5
 17.4
 34.1
Income from continuing operations63.0
 160.2
 22.0
60.5
 39.4
 65.8
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(0.3), $0.8 and $3.6, respectively0.7
 (0.2) (49.5)
Net income (loss)$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5)
Basic earnings (loss) per share:     
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(0.8), $3.4 and $8.3, respectively1.1
 4.4
 (2.3)
Net income$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
Basic earnings per share:     
Earnings from continuing operations$1.00
 $2.56
 $0.35
$1.01
 $0.65
 $1.06
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.01
 
 (0.79)
Net earnings (loss) per share$1.01
 $2.56
 $(0.44)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:     
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.02
 0.07
 (0.04)
Net earnings per share$1.03
 $0.72
 $1.02
Diluted earnings per share:     
Earnings from continuing operations$0.99
 $2.53
 $0.35
$1.00
 $0.64
 $1.04
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.01
 
 (0.79)
Net earnings (loss) per share$1.00
 $2.53
 $(0.44)
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.02
 0.07
 (0.04)
Net earnings per share$1.02
 $0.71
 $1.00
Weighted average shares outstanding:

         
Basic62.7
 62.6
 62.3
59.7
 60.4
 62.2
Diluted63.6
 63.2
 62.7
60.4
 61.2
 63.4
Cash dividends declared per common share$0.09
 $
 $
$0.28
 $0.28
 $0.25
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


4039




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)2014 2013 2012
Net income (loss)$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5)
Other comprehensive (loss) income:     
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment(15.8) 5.2
 11.1
Change in unrecognized net actuarial losses related to pension benefit plans, net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(11.6), $15.8 and $0.3, respectively(21.7) 32.9
 (15.5)
Unrealized net (loss) gain on derivatives, net of income tax (benefit) expense of $(0.1), $0.2 and $0.2, respectively(0.1) 0.1
 0.7
Total other comprehensive (loss) income(37.6) 38.2
 (3.7)
Comprehensive income (loss)$26.1
 $198.2
 $(31.2)
 For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)2017 2016 2015
Net income$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment10.5
 0.3
 (13.5)
Change in unrecognized net actuarial losses related to pension benefit plans, net of income tax expense (benefit) of $1.3, $(2.1) and $1.6, respectively3.6
 (3.4) 4.2
Change in unrealized net gain on derivatives, net of income tax expense (benefit) of $0.6, $(0.1) and $0.0, respectively1.0
 (0.1) 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)15.1
 (3.2) (9.3)
Comprehensive income$76.7
 $40.6
 $54.2
See notes to consolidated financial statements.


4140




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31,As of December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)2014 20132017 2016
ASSETS   


Current assets:   


Cash and cash equivalents$30.4
 $23.8
$37.5

$50.7
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $1.3 and $2.3, respectively107.6
 95.6
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $1.1 and $0.8, respectively118.2

81.3
Inventories121.0
 109.8
137.2

120.1
Prepaid expenses8.8
 12.6
Deferred tax assets18.8
 12.4
Other current assets2.8
 9.4
Current assets of discontinued operations1.1
 1.9
Prepaid expenses and other current assets10.9

7.5
Total current assets290.5
 265.5
303.8

259.6
Properties and equipment, net69.5
 63.8
60.1

42.9
Rental equipment, net87.2

80.8
Goodwill266.3
 273.8
377.3

236.5
Intangible assets, net151.8

10.2
Deferred tax assets25.3
 33.1
6.2

8.2
Deferred charges and other assets4.0
 5.1
Deferred charges and other long-term assets5.4

3.9
Long-term assets of discontinued operations3.1
 3.5
0.5

1.1
Total assets$658.7
 $644.8
$992.3

$643.2
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   


Current liabilities:   


Current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations$6.2
 $7.4
$0.3

$0.5
Accounts payable50.7
 50.5
51.5

35.3
Customer deposits12.1
 11.2
6.5

4.5
Accrued liabilities:   


Compensation and withholding taxes28.2
 25.7
22.2

13.8
Other current liabilities40.2
 35.4
36.1

28.7
Current liabilities of discontinued operations1.7
 2.4
0.5

2.1
Total current liabilities139.1
 132.6
117.1

84.9
Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations44.0
 84.7
277.4

63.5
Long-term pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities63.5
 36.9
56.6

61.1
Deferred gain14.6
 16.5
8.7

10.7
Deferred tax liabilities45.4


Other long-term liabilities20.9
 17.0
28.2

26.9
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations5.0
 6.1
1.5

2.0
Total liabilities287.1
 293.8
534.9

249.1
Stockholders’ equity:   


Common stock, $1 par value per share, 90.0 shares authorized, 64.2 and 63.8 shares issued, respectively64.2
 63.8
Common stock, $1 par value per share, 90.0 shares authorized, 66.1 and 65.4 shares issued, respectively66.1

65.4
Capital in excess of par value187.0
 177.0
207.7

200.3
Retained earnings227.0
 168.9
346.6

301.8
Treasury stock, at cost, 1.7 million and 1.0 million shares, respectively(27.1) (16.8)
Treasury stock, at cost, 6.1 and 5.8 shares, respectively(86.1)
(81.4)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(79.5) (41.9)(76.9)
(92.0)
Total stockholders’ equity371.6
 351.0
457.4

394.1
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$658.7
 $644.8
$992.3

$643.2

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
4241




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31,For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Operating activities:          
Net income (loss)$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:     
(Gain) loss on discontinued operations and disposal(0.7) 0.2
 49.5
Net income$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:     
Net (gain) loss on discontinued operations and disposal(1.1) (4.4) 2.3
Depreciation and amortization15.0
 14.2
 13.2
30.0
 19.1
 12.3
Deferred financing costs0.5
 5.0
 4.4
0.3
 0.6
 0.4
Deferred gain(1.9) (1.9) (1.9)(2.0) (1.9) (1.9)
Stock-based compensation expense6.1
 4.0
 2.6
4.6
 4.8
 6.8
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation(2.2) 
 

 
 (1.6)
Pension settlement charges6.1
 
 
Pension expense, net of funding(5.7) (1.3) (5.7)(5.2) (3.7) (3.8)
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration and deferred payment1.0
 0.5
 
Deferred income taxes, including change in valuation allowance19.3
 (112.0) (4.8)(14.9) 7.9
 25.9
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of discontinued operations:          
Accounts receivable(16.6) 2.6
 9.3
(11.1) (8.0) (0.3)
Inventories(20.0) 10.5
 (14.5)9.4
 (2.3) (3.3)
Other current assets0.3
 3.8
 (1.4)
Rental equipment(15.7) (6.9) 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets3.9
 1.6
 1.0
Accounts payable1.9
 (2.5) 2.6
(5.2) (13.9) (3.1)
Customer deposits1.7
 (2.1) (1.5)
Accrued liabilities9.9
 (0.9) 17.3
8.0
 (7.4) (7.2)
Income taxes(1.1) (0.6) 8.6
1.6
 (4.4) (1.5)
Other2.0
 1.3
 (1.0)2.2
 1.3
 1.6
Net cash provided by continuing operating activities72.2
 80.3
 49.2
73.5
 26.7
 91.1
Net cash provided by (used for) discontinued operating activities0.1
 (5.5) (26.0)
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued operating activities(0.7) (2.0) 6.1
Net cash provided by operating activities72.3
 74.8
 23.2
72.8
 24.7
 97.2
Investing activities:          
Purchases of properties and equipment(19.5) (17.0) (13.0)(8.0) (6.1) (9.6)
Proceeds from sales of properties and equipment0.5
 0.1
 1.8
Proceeds from sale of FSTech Group7.4
 
 82.1
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash
 1.0
 (1.0)
Net cash (used for) provided by continuing investing activities(11.6) (15.9) 69.9
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired(269.2) (102.6) 
Proceeds from escrow receivable
 
 4.0
Cash collected from (provided to) customer
 6.0
 (6.0)
Other, net0.1
 (0.3) 0.1
Net cash used for continuing investing activities(277.1) (103.0) (11.5)
Net cash (used for) provided by discontinued investing activities(1.1) 86.2
 (1.3)
Net cash used for investing activities(278.2) (16.8) (12.8)
Financing activities:          
(Decrease) increase in revolving lines of credit, net(20.0) 17.5
 (173.3)
Decrease in short-term borrowings, net
 (0.3) (9.5)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings
 75.0
 215.0
Increase in revolving lines of credit, net209.1
 64.8
 
Payments on long-term borrowings(21.6) (153.6) (99.5)
 (43.4) (5.8)
Payments of debt financing fees
 (6.1) (6.9)(0.2) (1.1) 
Purchases of treasury stock(10.3) 
 

 (37.8) (10.6)
Redemptions of common stock to satisfy withholding taxes related to stock-based compensation(2.9) (2.7) (3.2)
Cash dividends paid to stockholders(5.6) 
 
(16.8) (16.9) (15.6)
Proceeds from stock-based compensation activity2.6
 2.6
 
Proceeds from stock compensation activity1.6
 0.5
 1.0
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation2.2
 
 

 
 1.6
Other, net(1.0) (0.7) 2.4
(0.1) (0.5) (0.4)
Net cash used for continuing financing activities(53.7) (65.6) (71.8)
Net cash used for discontinued financing activities
 
 (0.9)
Net cash used for financing activities(53.7) (65.6) (72.7)
Net cash provided by (used for) continuing financing activities190.7
 (37.1) (33.0)
Net cash provided by discontinued financing activities
 0.7
 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities190.7
 (36.4) (33.0)
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(0.4) 0.8
 (0.2)1.5
 (1.8) (0.8)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents6.6
 (5.9) 20.2
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(13.2) (30.3) 50.6
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year23.8
 29.7
 9.5
50.7
 81.0
 30.4
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year$30.4
 $23.8
 $29.7
37.5
 50.7
 81.0
Less: Cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations at end of year
 
 (5.0)
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations at end of year$37.5
 $50.7
 $76.0

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
4342




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)
Common
Stock Par
Value
 
Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 Total
Balance at December 31, 2011$63.1
 $167.7
 $36.4
 $(16.1) $(76.4) $174.7
Net loss    (27.5)     (27.5)
(in millions, except per share data)
Common
Stock Par
Value
 
Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2015$64.2
 $187.0
 $227.0
 $(27.1) $(79.5) $371.6
Net income
 
 63.5
 
 
 63.5
Total other comprehensive loss        (3.7) (3.7)
 
 
 
 (9.3) (9.3)
Cash dividends declared ($0.25 per share)
 
 (15.6) 
 
 (15.6)
Stock-based payments:           
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation  3.1
       3.1

 6.3
 
 
 
 6.3
Stock option exercises and other0.3
 0.3
   (0.3)   0.3
0.1
 1.2
 
 (0.5) 
 0.8
Balance at December 31, 201263.4
 171.1
 8.9
 (16.4) (80.1) 146.9
Performance share unit transactions0.5
 (0.5) 

 (2.7) 

 (2.7)
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 1.6
 

 

 

 1.6
Stock repurchase program

 

 

 (10.6) 
 (10.6)
Balance at December 31, 201564.8
 195.6
 274.9
 (40.9) (88.8) 405.6
Net income    160.0
     160.0

 
 43.8
 
 
 43.8
Total other comprehensive income        38.2
 38.2
Total other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 (3.2) (3.2)
Cash dividends declared ($0.28 per share)
 
 (16.9) 
 
 (16.9)
Stock-based payments:           
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation  3.6
       3.6

 4.3
 
 
 
 4.3
Stock option exercises and other0.4
 2.0
   (0.4)   2.0
0.2
 0.8
 
 (0.3) 
 0.7
Common stock canceled  0.3
       0.3
Balance at December 31, 201363.8
 177.0
 168.9
 (16.8) (41.9) 351.0
Performance share unit transactions0.4
 (0.4) 
 (2.4) 
 (2.4)
Stock repurchase program

 

 

 (37.8) 

 (37.8)
Balance at December 31, 201665.4
 200.3
 301.8
 (81.4) (92.0) 394.1
Net income    63.7
     63.7

 
 61.6
 
 
 61.6
Total other comprehensive loss        (37.6) (37.6)
Cash dividends declared    (5.6)     (5.6)
Total other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 15.1
 15.1
Cash dividends declared ($0.28 per share)
 
 (16.8) 
 
 (16.8)
Stock-based payments:           
 
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation  5.5
       5.5

 4.0
 
 
 
 4.0
Stock option exercises and other0.4
 2.3
       2.7
0.5
 3.6
 
 (2.8) 
 1.3
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation  2.2
       2.2
Stock repurchase program      (10.3)   (10.3)
Balance at December 31, 2014$64.2
 $187.0
 $227.0
 $(27.1) $(79.5) $371.6
Performance share unit transactions0.2
 (0.2) 
 (1.9) 
 (1.9)
Balance at December 31, 2017$66.1
 $207.7
 $346.6
 $(86.1) $(76.9) $457.4


See notes to consolidated financial statements.
4443




FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Organization and Description of the Business
Federal Signal Corporation was founded in 1901 and was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in 1969. References herein to the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer collectively to Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries.
Products manufactured and services rendered by the Company are divided into threetwo major operating segments: Environmental Solutions Group and Safety and Security Systems Group and Fire Rescue Group. The individual operating businesses are organized as such because they share certain characteristics, including technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies. TheAs discussed in Note 15 – Segment Information, the Company’s reportable segments are consistent with its operating segments. These segments are discussed in Note 13 – Segment Information.
Our fiscal year ends on December 31. All references to 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 relate to the fiscal year unless otherwise indicated.
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of Federal Signal Corporation and its subsidiaries included herein and have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).
As discussed in Note 2 – Acquisitions, on June 2, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of GenNx/TBEI Intermediate Co., a Delaware corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries, “TBEI”). TBEI is a leading U.S. manufacturer of dump truck bodies and trailers serving maintenance and infrastructure end-markets. The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 includes fair values assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition, whereas the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 include the post-acquisition operating results of TBEI.
As discussed in Note 8 – Income Taxes, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “2017 Tax Act”) was enacted on December 22, 2017. The SEC staff has issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to provide guidance on the accounting for the tax impact of the 2017 Tax Act. Under SAB 118, a company that has not completed its accounting for the effects of the 2017 Tax Act by its financial reporting deadline may report provisional amounts based on reasonable estimates for items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those amounts will be subject to adjustment during a measurement period of up to one year. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 include the Company’s provisional estimates of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, in accordance with SAB 118.
Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The operating results of businesses divested in prior years have been excluded since the date of sale, and have been reported as discontinued operations prior to sale. See Note 15 – Discontinued Operations for further details.
CertainIn addition, certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
Non-U.S. Operations
Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, other than those whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated at current exchange rates with the related translation adjustments reported in stockholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Accounts within the Consolidated Statements of Operations are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical exchange rates.
Relating to transactions that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency, the Company incurs foreign currency transaction gains or losses, which are recognized in the Consolidated StatementStatements of Operations as incurred.a component of Other (income) expense, net. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company realized foreign currency transaction gains of $1.3 million, whereas in the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132016 and 2012,2015, the Company incurred foreign currency transaction losses included in other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, of$0.1 million and $1.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Fair Value MeasurementsUse of Estimates
The Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchypreparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that prioritizesaffect (i) the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy maximizesreported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) the usedisclosure of observable inputscontingent assets and minimizesliabilities at the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about valuation based on the best information available in the circumstances. The three levels of inputs are classified as follows:
Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 — observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and
Level 3 — unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair valuedate of the assets or liabilities, including certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologiesconsolidated financial statements and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.(iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

44

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity and highly liquid nature of these instruments.

45




Accounts Receivable
The Company carries accounts receivable at the face amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses as a result of a customer’s inability to make required payments. Management evaluates the aging of the accounts receivable balances, the financial condition of its customers, historical trends and the time outstanding of specific balances to estimate the amount of accounts receivables that may not be collected in the future and records the appropriate provision.
Inventories
The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Included in the cost of inventories are raw materials, direct wages and associated production costs.
Properties and Equipment
Properties and equipment are stated at cost, net of depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives generally range from eight to 40 years for buildings and three to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvement. Depreciation expense is primarily included as a component of Cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, with depreciation expense associated with certain assets used for administrative purposes being presented within Selling, engineering, general and administrative (“SEG&A”) expenses. Depreciation expense, which includes depreciation on rental equipment, was $14.9$25.2 million, $14.0$18.9 million and $12.1$12.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively.
Properties and equipment includes certain equipment that is manufactured by the Company and subsequently transferred to a rental fleet for the purpose of leasing to end customers. The related cash flow activity associated with these transactions is reflected within operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Non-cash transfers from Inventories to Properties and equipment totaled $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The rental income associated with this activity is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations.
Properties and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
Rental Equipment
The Company enters into lease agreements with customers related to the rental of certain equipment. All of these leasing agreements are classified as operating leases and are for periods generally not to exceed five years. In accounting for these leases, the cost of the equipment purchased or manufactured by the Company is recorded as an asset and is depreciated over its estimated useful life. Rental income is recognized ratably over the term of the underlying leases.
Rental equipment is depreciated to an estimated residual value on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets and is reviewed for potential impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares non-discounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on a non-discounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary.
Rental equipment includes certain equipment that is manufactured by the Company and subsequently transferred to the rental fleet, as well as equipment purchased from third-party manufacturers, for the purpose of renting to end-customers. The related cash flow activity associated with these transactions is reflected within operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Goodwill
GoodwillGoodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the amounts assigned to its net assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level on an annual basis or when an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company performsperformed its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 31.31, 2017.

45

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



In 2014 and 2013,testing the goodwill of its reporting units for potential impairment, the Company applied theapplies either a qualitative assessment, outlinedtest, or a two-step quantitative test, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, to certain of its reporting units and concluded.
A qualitative approach is applied when the Company concludes that it wasis not “more likely than not” that the fair valuesvalue of thesea reporting units wereunit is less than theirits carrying values. As a result,value. In this situation, the Company waswould not be required to perform the two-step impairment test described below for these reporting units.below.
For the remaining reporting unit, goodwill was tested for impairment based on a two-step test in both 2014 and 2013. In 2012, goodwill for all reporting units was tested for impairment under the two-step approach. The first step in the quantitative two-step approach is used to identify potential impairment, by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company generally determines the fair value of its reporting units using two valuation methods: the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, and the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method.”
Under the “Income Approach — Discounted Cash Flow Analysis” method, the key assumptions consider projected sales, cost of sales and operating expenses. These assumptions were determined by management utilizing our internal operating plan, including growth rates for revenues and operating expenses and margin assumptions. An additional key assumption under this approach is the discount rate, which is determined by reviewing current risk-free rates of capital and current market interest rates and by evaluating the risk premium relevant to the business segment. If our assumptions relative to growth rates were to change, our fair value calculation may change, which could result in impairment.
Under the “Market Approach — Guideline Public Company Method,” the Company identified several publicly traded companies, including Federal Signal, which we believe have sufficiently relevant similarities.similarities to our businesses. For these companies, the

46

Table of Contents



Company calculatedused market values to calculate the mean ratio of invested capital to revenues and invested capital to EBITDA. Similar to the income approach discussed above, sales, cost of sales, operating expenses and their respective growth rates are key assumptions utilized. The market prices of the Company’s common stock and other guideline companies are additional key assumptions.inputs. If these market prices increase, the estimated market value would increase. Conversely, if market prices decrease, the estimated market value would decrease.
The results of these two methods are weighted based upon management’s evaluation of the relevance of the two approaches. Consistent with the prior year, managementManagement used a combinationqualitative approach to assess the goodwill of the income and market approaches to determine theits reporting unit’s fair valueunits for potential impairment in 2014.
2017. The Company concluded that it was not “more likely than not” that the fair value of theits reporting unit that was tested for impairment under the two-step approach in the 2014 analysis exceeded itsunits were less than their carrying value by more than 20%. Relatively small changes in the Company’s key assumptions would not have resulted in the reporting unit failing the first step of the two-step test.values.
The Company had no goodwill impairments for its continuing operations in 2014, 20132017, 2016 or 2012.2015. See Note 46 – Goodwill to the accompanying consolidated financial statementsand Other Intangible Assets for a summary of the Company’s goodwill by segment.
PensionsOn January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step of the two-step quantitative approach for testing goodwill for potential impairment. See Note 19 - New Accounting Pronouncements (Issued But Not Yet Adopted) for further discussion.
Intangible Assets
Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives and are tested for impairment if indicators exist in a manner similar to that described above for Rental Equipment.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment on an annual basis at year-end, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset could be below its carrying amount. In testing the indefinite-lived intangibles assets for potential impairment, the Company applies either a qualitative test, or a quantitative test, in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other. A qualitative approach is applied when the Company concludes that it is not “more likely than not” that the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangibles are less than their carrying value. A quantitative impairment test consists of comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying amount. An impairment loss would be recognized for the carrying amount in excess of its fair value.

46

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Management used a qualitative approach to assess its indefinite-lived intangible assets for potential impairment in 2017 and 2016. The Company concluded that it was not “more likely than not” that the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets were less than their carrying values.
The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Key assumptions usedhad no indefinite-lived intangible asset impairments for its continuing operations in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, rate of increase in employee compensation levels and estimates of future mortality of plan participants.
The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities and costs is selected using a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality bonds that would provide the necessary cash flow to match the projected benefit payments of the plans. The discount rate represents the rate at which our benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the year-end measurement date. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities decreased from 2013 to 2014.2017 or 2016. See Note 76PensionsGoodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further discussion.
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on historical and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested.
In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries published new mortality tables and scales that project people will generally live longer than previously anticipated. The Company’s projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2014 were measured after taking the updated tables into consideration. The estimated impact of adopting these new tables was an increase of approximately 4% in the projected benefit obligationa summary of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit plan.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, described more fully in Note 11 – Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.intangible assets.
Warranty
Sales of many of the Company’s products carry express warranties based on terms that are generally accepted in the Company’s marketplaces. The Company records provisions for estimated warranty, which are included within Cost of sales, at the time of sale based on historical experience. The Company periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience. Infrequently, a material warranty issue can arise which is beyond the scope of the Company’s historical experience. The Company records costs related to these issues as they become probable and estimable.
The Company also sells optional extended warranty contracts that extend coverage beyond the initial term of the express warranty period. At the time of sale, revenue related to the extended warranty contract is deferred and recognized as income over the life of the contract. As of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, deferred revenue associated with extended warranty contracts was $2.4$2.9 million and $2.0$2.6 million, respectively, and was included within Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Costs under extended warranty contracts are expensed as incurred.

47

Table of Contents



Workers’ Compensation and Product Liability Reserves
Due to the nature of the Company’s manufacturing and products, the Company is subject to claims for workers’ compensation and product liability in the normal course of business. The Company is self-funded for a portion of these claims. The Company establishes a reserve using a third-party actuary for any known outstanding matters, including a reserve for claims incurred but not yet reported. The amount and timing of cash payments relating to these claims are considered to be reliably determinable given the nature of the claims and historical claim volumes to support the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment patterns. As such, the reserves recorded are discounted using a risk-free rate that matches the average duration of the claims.
The Company has not established a reserve for potential losses resulting from the firefighter hearing loss litigation, with the exception of certain estimated losses that have been recognized related to settlement discussions (see Note 911 – Legal Proceedings). If the Company is not successful in its defense after exhausting all appellate options, it willwould record a charge for such claims, to the extent they exceed insurance recoveries, when the related losses become probable and estimable.
Pensions
The Company sponsors domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans. Key assumptions used in the accounting for these employee benefit plans include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and estimates of future mortality of plan participants.
The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities and costs is selected using a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality bonds that would provide the necessary cash flow to match the projected benefit payments of the plans. The discount rate represents the rate at which our benefit obligations could effectively be settled as of the appropriate time.year-end measurement date. The weighted-average discount rate used to measure pension liabilities decreased from 2016 to 2017. See Note 9 – Pensions for further discussion.
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on historical and expected returns for the asset classes in which the plans are invested.
The Company references the most recent mortality tables and scales published by the Society of Actuaries in determining its estimate of future mortality.

47

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Revenue Recognition
Net sales consist primarily of revenue from the sale of equipment, environmental vehicles, vehicle-mounted aerial platforms, parts, service and maintenance contracts.
The Company recognizes revenue for products when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable and (iv) collection is reasonably assured. A product is considered delivered to the customer once it has been shipped, and title and risk of loss have been transferred. For most of the Company’s product sales, these criteria are met at the time the product is shipped; however, occasionally title passes later or earlier than shipment due to customer contracts or letter of credit terms. If at the outset of an arrangement the Company determines the arrangement fee is not, or is presumed not to be, fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized as amounts become due and payable and all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are recorded on a net basis and are excluded from revenue.
The Company enters into sales arrangements that may provide for multiple deliverables to a customer. These arrangements may include software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. The Company identifies all goods and/or services that are to be delivered separately under the sales arrangement and allocates revenue to each deliverable based on relative fair values. Fair values are generally established using reliable third-party objective evidence, or management’s best estimate of selling price, including prices charged when sold separately by the Company. In general, revenues are separated between hardware, integration and installation services. The allocated revenue for each deliverable is then recognized using appropriate revenue recognition methods.
Net sales are presented net of returns and allowances. Returns and allowances are calculated and recorded as a percentage of revenue based upon historical returns. Net sales include sales of products and billed freight related to product sales. Freight has not historically comprised a material component of Net sales.
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, as amended, and created by ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. See Note 19 - New Accounting Pronouncements (Issued But Not Yet Adopted) for further discussion regarding the impact of the adoption on the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policies.
Product Shipping Costs
Product shipping costs are expensed as incurred and are included within Cost of Sales.sales.
Research and Development
The Company invests in research to support development of new products and the enhancement of existing products and services. Expenditures for research and development by the Company were $16.6$13.0 million in 2014, $11.02017, $13.4 million in 20132016 and $10.0$14.0 million in 2012,2015, and are included within SEG&A expenses.
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans, described more fully in Note 13 – Stock-Based Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate based on historical forfeitures of equity awards and adjusts the rate to reflect changes in facts and circumstances, if any. The Company revises its estimated forfeiture rate if actual forfeitures differ from its initial estimates.
Income Taxes
We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return for Federal Signal Corporation and its eligible domestic subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective local jurisdictions. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax benefit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities at the end of each period are determined using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the period in which the deferred tax liability or asset is expected to be settled or realized. A valuation allowance is established or maintained when, based on currently available information and other factors, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

48

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Accounting standards on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes address the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Under the guidance on

48

Table of Contents



accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also outlines de-recognition and classification, as well as interest and penalties on income taxes.
As discussed in Note 8 – Income Taxes, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 include the Company’s provisional estimates of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, in accordance with SAB 118. The Company expects to adjust the provisional amounts throughout the measurement period as the Company’s calculations are refined and additional interpretive guidance becomes available.
Litigation Contingencies
The Company is subject to various claims, including pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions in the aggregate will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. Professional legal fees are expensed when incurred. We accrue for contingent losses when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. In the event that estimates or assumptions of contingent losses are different from actual results, adjustments are made in subsequent periods to reflect more current information.
NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS
Acquisition of TBEI
On June 2, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of TBEI. TBEI is a leading U.S. manufacturer of dump truck bodies and trailers serving maintenance and infrastructure end markets. The Company expects that the acquisition of TBEI will enable it to strengthen its market position as a specialty vehicle manufacturer in maintenance and infrastructure markets, leverage its expertise in building chassis-based vehicles and balance the mix of revenues it generates from municipal and industrial markets. As the acquisition closed on June 2, 2017, the assets and liabilities of TBEI have been consolidated into the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017, while the post-acquisition results of operations have been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, within the Environmental Solutions Group.
The Company initially paid $271.8 million to acquire TBEI, inclusive of cash acquired. The purchase price was subsequently reduced by an adjustment for working capital and other post-closing items in the amount of $3.0 million, which was included as a component of Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017, and was received in the first quarter of 2018.
The acquisition is being accounted for in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the total purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition based on their estimated fair values as of the completion of the acquisition. A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company’s judgments used to determine the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact the Company’s results of operations. As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s purchase price allocation is considered to be final.
The following table summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:

49

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



(in millions) 
Purchase price, inclusive of adjustment for working capital and other post-closing items (a)
$268.8
Total consideration268.8
  
Cash2.6
Accounts receivable23.7
Inventories24.3
Prepaid expenses and other current assets2.6
Rental equipment0.7
Properties and equipment20.6
Customer relationships (b)
90.0
Trade names (c)
54.0
Other intangible assets1.7
Accounts payable(18.7)
Accrued liabilities(7.3)
Deferred tax liabilities(61.4)
Net assets acquired$132.8
  
Goodwill (d)
$136.0
(a)$243.0 million of the purchase price was funded through borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility, with the remainder being funded with existing cash on hand. The purchase price includes an adjustment for working capital and other post-closing items of $3.0 million that the Company received in the first quarter of 2018.
(b)Represents the fair value assigned to customer relationships, which are considered to be definite-lived intangible assets, with an estimated useful life of approximately 12 years.
(c)Represents the fair value assigned to trade names, which are considered to be indefinite-lived intangible assets.
(d)Goodwill, which is not deductible for tax purposes, has been allocated to the Environmental Solutions Group on the basis that the synergies identified will primarily benefit this segment.

In the period between the June 2, 2017 closing date and December 31, 2017, TBEI generated $109.4 million of net sales and $6.2 million of operating income, which included the impact of purchase accounting expense effects and incremental depreciation and amortization expense on the acquired assets. The Company has included the operating results of TBEI within the Environmental Solutions Group in its consolidated financial statements since the closing date.
Under ASC 805-10, acquisition-related costs (i.e., advisory, legal, valuation and other professional fees) are not included as a component of consideration transferred, but are accounted for as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred. Primarily due to the TBEI acquisition, the Company incurred $1.7 million of acquisition-related costs in the year ended December 31, 2017, which have been recorded in Acquisition and integration-related expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
In the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company incurred $0.9 million of acquisition and integration-related costs in connection with acquisitions completed in the prior year.
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
The following table presents the unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the Company and TBEI for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments including: (i) elimination of the costs recognized related to the step-up in fair value of TBEI’s inventory that will not have a continuing impact, (ii) amortization of acquired intangible assets, (iii) the impact of certain fair value adjustments such as depreciation on the acquired property, plant and equipment, (iv) interest expense for historical long-term debt of TBEI that was repaid and interest expense on additional borrowings by the Company to fund the acquisition and (v) elimination of non-recurring acquisition and integration-related expenses. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations of the Company assuming this transaction occurred at January 1, 2016 is as follows:

50

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



 For the Year Ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share data)2017 2016
Net sales$987.6
 $913.2
Income from continuing operations68.1
 49.4
Diluted earnings from continuing operations (per share)$1.13
 $0.81

The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations of the Company that would have been reported had the acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the periods presented, and should not be taken as being representative of the future consolidated results of operations of the Company.
Acquisition of JJE
On June 3, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and operations of JJE, a Canadian-based distributor of maintenance equipment for municipal and industrial markets. The Company expects that JJE will facilitate sales of its existing products into new markets, expand the Company’s product and service offerings and increase the Company’s footprint across North America. The acquisition closed on June 3, 2016, and the assets and liabilities of JJE have been consolidated into the Consolidated Balance Sheet since that date, while the post-acquisition results of operations have been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, within the Environmental Solutions Group.
The initial cash consideration paid by the Company to acquire JJE was approximately $96.6 million, inclusive of a payment of a working capital adjustment. In addition, there is a deferred payment of C$8.0 million (approximately $6.4 million) and a contingent earn-out payment of up to C$10.0 million (approximately $8.0 million). The earn-out payment is contingent upon the achievement of certain financial targets and objectives. The deferred payment, and any contingent earn-out payment, are due to be paid after the third anniversary of the closing date.
The following table summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:
(in millions) 
Purchase price, inclusive of working capital adjustment (a)
$96.6
Estimated fair value of additional consideration (b)
10.3
Settlement of pre-existing contractual relationship (c)
11.4
Total consideration118.3
  
Accounts receivable12.1
Inventories28.7
Prepaid expenses and other current assets0.8
Rental equipment (d)
75.9
Properties and equipment2.0
Intangible assets (e)
8.4
Capital lease obligations(0.5)
Accounts payable (c)
(11.5)
Customer deposits(0.8)
Accrued liabilities(2.0)
Net assets acquired113.1
  
Goodwill (f)
$5.2

51

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



(a)The initial purchase price was funded with existing cash on hand and borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.
(b)Includes estimated fair value of contingent earn-out payment ($4.9 million) and the deferred payment ($5.4 million) as of the acquisition date. Included as a component of Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. See Note 17 – Fair Value Measurements for discussion of the methodology used to determine the fair value of the contingent earn-out payment.
(c)Represents the non-cash settlement of accounts receivable due from JJE to the Company as of the acquisition date. Corresponding amount payable by JJE to the Company is not included in accounts payable assumed in the table above, and the amount was settled at fair value with no impact on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
(d)Consists primarily of street sweepers, sewer cleaners, vacuum trucks and other maintenance equipment. Fair value was determined using a combination of a market-based approach and a cost-based approach. The specific valuation technique depended upon the nature of the asset or availability of relevant information. Under the market-based approach, an analysis of market conditions and transactions comparable to the subject asset being valued was performed, and fair value was determined where reliable and available data on comparable sales could be found. In this context, fair value was determined by comparing recent sales of similar assets and adjusting these comparable sales based on factors such as age, condition and type of sale. Under the cost-based approach, the current replacement cost for the assets was calculated, using the direct method of the cost approach. In determining fair value under the cost approach, adjustments were made for physical, functional and economic factors affecting utility and value as they might apply.
(e)Represents the fair value assigned to the JJE trade name, which is considered to be an indefinite-lived intangible asset.
(f)The majority of goodwill, which is primarily attributable to synergies expected to result from combining JJE’s operations with the Company’s operations, is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
As further explained in Note 17 – Fair Value Measurements, in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized expenses of $0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively, associated with the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability. In addition, in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized expenses of $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in relation to the accretion of the discount on the deferred payment obligation. These expenses have been included as a component of Acquisition and integration-related expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
In connection with the acquisition of JJE, the Company entered into lease agreements for two facilities owned by affiliates of the sellers of JJE. Both agreements include an annual rent that is considered to be market-based, and are for an initial lease term of five years, with options to renew. Total rent paid under these agreements to the former shareholders of JJE, some of whom are now employees of the Company, was approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s Environmental Solutions Group recorded net sales of $0.7 million and $1.7 million, respectively, relating to products sold to Ingenieria Y Servicios Orbitec SPA, an entity which is majority-owned by affiliates of the sellers of JJE.
NOTE 3 — INVENTORIES
The following table summarizes the components of inventories:
(in millions)2014 20132017 2016
Finished goods$74.3
 $77.6
Raw materials$53.1
 $46.1
52.6
 35.3
Work in process23.7
 24.3
10.3
 7.2
Finished goods44.2
 39.4
Total inventories(a)$121.0
 $109.8
$137.2
 $120.1
(a)Amounts at December 31, 2017 include inventories acquired in the TBEI acquisition - see Note 2 – Acquisitions.

52

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



NOTE 34 — PROPERTIES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The following table summarizes the components of properties and equipment, net:
(in millions)2014 20132017 2016
Land$0.3
 $0.3
$3.7
 $0.2
Buildings and improvements29.1
 27.0
34.7
 26.0
Machinery and equipment164.7
 158.2
130.6
 118.0
Total property and equipment, at cost194.1
 185.5
169.0
 144.2
Less: Accumulated depreciation124.6
 121.7
108.9
 101.3
Properties and equipment, net(a)$69.5
 $63.8
$60.1
 $42.9
(a)Amounts at December 31, 2017 include properties and equipment acquired in the TBEI acquisition - see Note 2 – Acquisitions.
In July 2008, the Company entered into sale-leaseback transactions for its Elgin and University Park, Illinois plant locations. Net proceeds received were $35.8 million, resulting in a deferred gain of $29.0 million. The deferred gain is being amortized over the 15-year life of the respective leases. The deferred gain balance was $16.5$10.6 million and $18.4$12.6 million at December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively. Of these amounts, $1.9 million and $1.9 million, waswere included within Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under operating leases, some of which contain options to renew. Total rental expense on all operating leases was $8.2 million in 2014, $8.5 million in 2013 and $8.92017, $8.3 million in 2012.2016 and $7.2 million in 2015. Sublease income and contingent rentals relating to operating leases were insignificant. At December 31, 2014,2017, minimum future rental commitments under operating leases having non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year aggregated $48.7$37.2 million and were payable as follows: $7.7$8.4 million in 2015, $7.12018, $7.3 million in 2019, $6.7 million in 2020, $6.0 million in 2021, $5.3 million in 2022 and $3.5 million thereafter.
NOTE 5 — RENTAL EQUIPMENT, NET
The following table summarizes the components of rental equipment, net:
(in millions)2017 2016
Rental equipment$107.2
 $90.5
Less: Accumulated depreciation20.0
 9.7
Rental equipment, net$87.2
 $80.8
Rental income associated with the Company’s equipment rental activity, which is included as a component of Net sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, totaled $31.6 million in 2017, $18.4 million in 2016 $6.6and $8.2 million in 2017, $5.1 million in 2018, $5.1 million in 2019 and $17.1 million thereafter.2015.

49

Table of Contents



NOTE 46 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table summarizes the carrying amount of goodwill by segment:
(in millions)
Environmental
Solutions
 
Fire
Rescue
 
Safety & Security
Systems
 Total
Environmental
Solutions
 
Safety & Security
Systems
 Total
Balance at December 31, 2012$120.4
 $33.8
 $118.1
 $272.3
Balance at December 31, 2015$120.4
 $111.2
 $231.6
Acquisitions7.1
 
 7.1
Translation adjustments
 
 1.5
 1.5
(0.3) (1.9) (2.2)
Balance at December 31, 2013120.4
 33.8
 119.6
 273.8
Balance at December 31, 2016127.2
 109.3
 236.5
Acquisitions136.0
 
 136.0
Translation adjustments
 (2.7) (4.8) (7.5)0.4
 4.4
 4.8
Balance at December 31, 2014$120.4
 $31.1
 $114.8
 $266.3
Balance at December 31, 2017$263.6
 $113.7
 $377.3

53

Table of Contents



The following table summarizes the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets for each major class of intangible assets:
 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2016
(in millions)Gross Carrying Value Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Value Gross Carrying Value Accumulated Amortization Net Carrying Value
Definite-lived intangible assets:           
Customer relationships (a)
$90.9
 $(4.6) $86.3
 $0.8
 $(0.1) $0.7
Other (a)
2.9
 (0.9) 2.0
 1.1
 (0.4) 0.7
Total definite-lived intangible assets93.8
 (5.5) 88.3
 1.9
 (0.5) 1.4
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:           
Trade names63.5
 
 63.5
 8.8
 
 8.8
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets63.5
 
 63.5
 8.8
 
 8.8
Total intangible assets (b)
$157.3
 $(5.5) $151.8
 $10.7
 $(0.5) $10.2
(a)Average useful life of customer relationships and other definite-lived intangible assets are estimated to be approximately 12 years and 6 years, respectively. The average useful life across all definite-lived intangible assets is estimated to be approximately 12 years.
(b)Amounts at December 31, 2017 include intangible assets acquired in the TBEI acquisition - see Note 2 – Acquisitions.
Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $4.8 million. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was immaterial.
The Company currently estimates that aggregate amortization expense will be approximately $8.0 million in 2018, $8.0 million in 2019, $8.0 million in 2020, $8.0 million in 2021, $7.7 million in 2022 and $48.6 million thereafter. Actual amounts of amortization may differ from estimated amounts due to additional intangible asset acquisitions, changes in foreign currency rates, impairment of intangible assets and other events.
NOTE 57 — DEBT
The following table summarizes the components of long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net:obligations:
(in millions)2014 2013
Senior Secured Credit Facility:   
Revolving Credit Facility$
 $20.0
Term Loan49.2
 70.8
Capital lease obligations1.0
 1.3
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, including current portion50.2
 92.1
Less: Current maturities5.8
 7.0
Less: Current capital lease obligations0.4
 0.4
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, net$44.0
 $84.7
(in millions)2017 2016
Amended 2016 Credit Agreement:   
Revolving credit facility$277.0
 $63.2
Capital lease obligations0.7
 0.8
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations, including current portion277.7
 64.0
Less: Current capital lease obligations0.3
 0.5
Total long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations$277.4
 $63.5
As more fully described within Note 117Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,Fair Value Measurements, the Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value of long-term debt is based on interest rates that we believe are currently available to us for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities (Level 2 input).
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments:
2014 20132017 2016
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair
Value
Long-term debt (a)
50.2
 50.2
 92.1
 92.1
$277.7
 $277.7
 $64.0
 $64.0
(a)Long-term debt includes current portions of long-term debt and current portions of capital lease obligations of $6.2$0.3 million and $7.4$0.5 million as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.
On March 13, 2013,January 27, 2016, the Company entered into aan Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “2016 Credit Agreement”), by and among the Company as borrower,and certain of its foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the lenders referred to therein, as lenders,“Borrowers”), Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing lender, General Electric Capital Corporation,JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agent, andKeyBank National Association, as documentation agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and GE Capital Markets, Inc.,J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, providingbookrunners, and the Company withother lenders and parties signatory thereto.

54

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The 2016 Credit Agreement provided for a $225.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Secured Credit Facility”) comprised of a five-year fully funded term loan of $75.0 million and a five-year $150.0$325.0 million revolving credit facility, maturing on January 27, 2021, with borrowings in the form of loans or letters of credit up to the aggregate availability under the facility, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit. In addition, the 2016 Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature, whereby the Company may cause the commitments to increase by up to an additional $75.0 million, subject to the approval of the applicable lenders providing such additional financing. 
On June 2, 2017, in anticipation of the TBEI acquisition, the Company executed an amendment to the 2016 Credit Agreement (the “Amended 2016 Credit Agreement”), which borrowingsincluded provisions to exercise this accordion feature, thereby increasing the borrowing capacity under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement to $400.0 million.
The Amended 2016 Credit Agreement allows for the Borrowers to borrow in denominations of U.S. Dollars, Canadian Dollars (up to a maximum of C$100.0 million) or Euros (up to a maximum of €20.0 million). Borrowings under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement may be made from time to time during the termused for working capital and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions.
The Company’s domestic subsidiaries provide guarantees for all obligations of the Senior SecuredBorrowers under the Amended 2016 Credit Facility.
The Company used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Credit Facility to (i) repay outstanding balances under its prior debt agreements, (ii) finance the ongoing general corporate needs of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) pay fees and expenses associated with repayment of amounts due under its prior debt agreements, including the payment of approximately $4.2 million in breakage fees and premiums and (iv) pay fees and expenses associated with the Senior Secured Credit Facility.
The Senior Secured Credit FacilityAgreement, which is a five-year senior secured credit facility secured by a first priority security interest in all now or hereafter acquired domestic property and assets and the stock or other equity interests in each of the domestic subsidiaries and certain65% of the outstanding voting capital stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to certain exclusions. Beginning on June 30, 2013, quarterly installment payments are required to be made against the $75.0 million term loan based on an amortization schedule that required 7.5% of the original term loan to be repaid in the first year, 10.0% of the original term loan to be repaid in each of the second and third years, 12.5% of the original term loan to be repaid in each of the fourth and fifth years, with the remaining balance to be repaid on the maturity date of March 13, 2018. The Company is allowed to prepay the term loan in whole or in part prior to maturity without premium or penalty. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company made a voluntary term loan

50

Table of Contents



prepayment of $15.0 million. The prepayments reduce the quarterly debt installment payments and the amount due on maturity on a pro-rata basis.
The Senior Secured Credit Facility provides for loans and letters of credit in an amount up to an aggregate availability under the revolving credit facility of $150.0 million, with a sub-limit of $50.0 million for letters of credit. Borrowings under the entire Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit FacilityAgreement bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a base rate or a LIBOR rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin ranges from 1.00%0.00% to 2.00%1.25% for base rate borrowings and 2.00%1.00% to 3.00%2.25% for LIBOR borrowings. The Company must also pay a commitment fee to the lenders equalranging between 0.15% to a range of 0.25% to 0.45%0.30% per annum on the unused portion of the $150.0$400.0 million revolving credit facility along with other standard fees. Letter of credit fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable LIBOR margin plus other customary fees.
The Company is allowedsubject to prepay in whole or in part advancescertain leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio financial covenants under the revolving credit facility portion without penalty or premium other than customary “breakage” costs with respectAmended 2016 Credit Agreement that are to LIBOR loans.
The Senior Secured Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with financial covenants related to the maintenance of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and maximum leverage ratio. The financial covenants arebe measured at each fiscal quarter-end. RestrictedThe Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 2017. Although it has not been triggered by the Company, the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement also includes a “covenant holiday” period, which allows for the temporary increase of the minimum leverage ratio following the completion of a permitted acquisition, or a series of permitted acquisitions, when the total consideration exceeds a specified threshold. In addition, the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement includes customary negative covenants, subject to certain exceptions, restricting or limiting the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) make non-ordinary course dispositions of assets, (ii) make certain fundamental business changes, such as merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination, (iii) make restricted payments, including dividends areand stock repurchases, (iv) incur indebtedness, (v) make certain loans and investments, (vi) create liens, (vii) transact with affiliates, (viii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions, (ix) make negative pledges and (x) modify subordinated debt documents.
Under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement, restricted payments, including dividends and stock repurchases, shall be permitted only if (i) the pro-formaCompany’s leverage ratio after giving effect to such payment is less than 3.25x, pro-formaor equal to 2.50, (ii) the Company is in compliance after giving effect to such payment is maintained forwith all other financial covenants and (iii) there are no existing defaults under the Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit Facility. Agreement. If its leverage ratio is more than 2.50, the Company is still permitted to fund (i) up to $30.0 million of dividend payments, (ii) stock repurchases sufficient to offset dilution created by the issuance of equity as compensation to its officer, directors, employees and consultants and (iii) an incremental $30.0 million of other cash payments.
The Company was in complianceAmended 2016 Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Borrowers may be required immediately to repay all amounts outstanding under the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement and the commitments from the lenders may be terminated.
In connection with all of its debt covenants as of, and throughoutrefinancing in the year ended December 31, 2014.
In the first quarter of 2013, upon execution of the Senior Secured Credit Facility,2016, the Company recorded $8.7repaid the remaining $43.4 million of costs related toprincipal outstanding under the terminationCompany’s March 13, 2013 Credit Agreement (the “2013 Credit Agreement”) and wrote off approximately $0.3 million of its prior debt agreements. The costs included a $4.2 million early termination penalty payment and a $4.5 million write-off of the remaining unamortized deferred financing costs related tofees associated with the prior debt agreements.
2013 Credit Agreement. The Company incurred $1.9$1.1 million of debt issuance costs associatedin connection with the execution of the Senior Secured2016 Credit Facility. Financing costs incurred in connection with the Senior Secured Credit FacilityAgreement. Such fees have been deferred and are deferred andbeing amortized over the remaining life of the new debt. Approximately $0.1 million of deferred financing fees were written off in connection with the voluntary debt prepayment in the fourth quarter of 2014.
In the second quarter of 2014, the Company executed an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility. The changes resulting from the amendment were primarily administrative in nature, including modifications to facilitate the repurchase of the Company’s common stock. No fees were incurred in connection with executing the amendment, nor were there any changes to financial covenant requirements.five-year term.
As of December 31, 2014,2017, there was no$277.0 million of cash drawn and $23.9$17.1 million of undrawn letters of credit under the $150.0 million revolving credit facility portion of the Senior SecuredAmended 2016 Credit Facility,Agreement, with $126.1$105.9 million of net availability for borrowings. As of December 31, 2014,2017, there was no amounts werecash drawn against the Company’s non-U.S. lines of credit which provide for borrowings up to $12.3$0.2 million.

55

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,2017, gross borrowings and gross payments under the Company’s domestic revolving credit facility2016 Credit Agreement and the Amended 2016 Credit Agreement were $6.5 million, $123.7$262.7 million and $116.7$53.6 million, respectively. For the yearsyear ended December 31, 2014, 20132016, gross borrowings and 2012,gross payments under the 2016 Credit Agreement were $69.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, there were no gross borrowings or gross payments under the Company’s domestic revolving credit facility were $26.5 million, $106.2 million and $290.0 million, respectively.portion of the 2013 Credit Agreement.
Aggregate maturities of total borrowings due amount to approximately $6.2$0.3 million in 2015, $7.32018, $0.2 million in 2016, $7.42019, $0.1 million in 20172020 and $29.3$277.1 million in 2018.2021. The weighted average interest rate on long-term borrowings was 2.2%3.25% at December 31, 2014.2017.
The Company paid interest of $3.0$6.6 million in 2014, $9.42017, $1.1 million in 20132016 and $20.6$1.9 million in 2012.2015.
Interest Rate Swap
On March 13, 2013,June 2, 2017, the Company entered into an interest rate swap (the “Swap”) with a notional amount of $75.0$150.0 million, as a means of fixing the floating interest rate component on $75.0$150.0 million of its variable-rate debt under the Senior Secured Credit Facility.debt. The Swap wasis designated as a cash flow hedge, with an originala termination date of March 13, 2018. InJune 2, 2020. As a result of the fourth quarterapplication of 2014,hedge accounting treatment, all unrealized gains and losses related to the Company terminated the Swap and received $0.2 million in connection with its settlement. The gain of $0.2 million has been includedderivative instrument are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and will beare reclassified into earnings overoperations in the remaining term ofsame period in which the Senior Secured Credit Facility.hedged transaction affects earnings. Hedge effectiveness is tested quarterly. We do not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

51

TableAs more fully described within Note 17 – Fair Value Measurements, the Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value of Contentsthe Swap is derived from a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contract and the interest rate curve (Level 2 inputs) and measured on a recurring basis in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2017, the fair value of the Swap, included in Deferred charges and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $1.6 million and no ineffectiveness was recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2017, an unrealized pre-tax gain of $1.6 million was recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss.

56

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



NOTE 68 — INCOME TAXES
The following table summarizes the income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations:
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Current:          
Federal$3.0
 $
 $(1.8)$12.0
 $7.0
 $6.6
Foreign0.6
 2.4
 3.2
0.8
 0.6
 
State and local1.3
 1.0
 0.1
2.9
 2.0
 1.8
Total current tax expense4.9
 3.4
 1.5
15.7
 9.6
 8.4
Deferred:          
Federal17.8
 (112.1) 2.1
(15.7) 8.4
 25.4
Foreign(2.7) 0.2
 0.3
0.8
 (0.7) (2.0)
State and local4.3
 1.3
 
(0.3) 0.1
 2.3
Total deferred tax expense (benefit)19.4
 (110.6) 2.4
Total income tax expense (benefit)$24.3
 $(107.2) $3.9
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense(15.2) 7.8
 25.7
Total income tax expense$0.5
 $17.4
 $34.1
The following table summarizes the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective income tax rate from continuing operations:
2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Statutory federal income tax rate35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit3.6
 2.7
 1.0
4.3
 3.6
 3.3
Remeasurement of deferred taxes, associated with 2017 Tax Act(37.6) 
 
Valuation allowance(4.3) (231.7) 41.3
3.6
 (3.7) 1.7
Domestic production deduction(2.0) (1.2) 
(2.3) (2.4) (2.2)
Bad debt deduction
 
 (24.9)
Asset dispositions and write-offs
 (3.0) (29.5)
Repatriation effects
 1.5
 
Tax planning benefits, excluding valuation allowance effects
 
 (6.0)
Tax reserves(1.2) 
 (1.0)0.1
 (1.0) 0.2
R&D tax credits(0.6) (1.5) 
Tax credits(0.9) (0.8) 1.9
Foreign tax rate effects(2.5) (4.4) (7.2)(0.5) 0.8
 0.5
Other, net(0.2) 0.3
 0.4
(0.9) (0.9) (0.3)
Effective income tax rate27.8 % (202.3)% 15.1 %0.8 % 30.6 % 34.1 %
The following table summarizes income before income taxes from continuing operations before taxes:operations:
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
U.S.$78.5
 $38.9
 $10.0
$55.7
 $57.7
 $96.4
Non-U.S.8.8
 14.1
 15.9
5.3
 (0.9) 3.5
Income from continuing operations before taxes$87.3
 $53.0
 $25.9
Income before income taxes$61.0
 $56.8
 $99.9
Summary
The Company recognized income tax expense of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in expense was primarily due to the recognition of a $23.0 million net tax benefit associated with the revaluation of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. following the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate included in the 2017 Tax Act. This decrease was partially offset by a $2.2 million net increase in valuation allowance, inclusive of a $3.0 million valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits as a result of the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act, the recognition of $0.6 million of additional tax expense associated with a change in the state tax rate in Illinois, and additional taxes resulting from higher pre-tax earnings. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 0.8%, compared to 30.6% in 2016. The 2017 effective tax rate included the aforementioned impacts resulting from the 2017 Tax Act. The effective tax rate for 2016 included a $2.2 million net benefit from valuation allowance changes, consisting of a $3.5 million benefit associated with the release of valuation allowance in Canada, offset by $1.3 million of expense recognized in connection with establishing a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets in the U.K.

57

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The Company recognized income tax expense of $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in tax expense was primarily due to lower pre-tax income levels and an aggregate net benefit of $2.2 million resulting from the aforementioned valuation allowance changes. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 30.6%, compared to 34.1% in 2015. The effective tax rate for 2016 included the $2.2 million net benefit from the valuation allowance changes, whereas the 2015 rate included certain tax benefits, including a $4.2 million net tax benefit associated with tax planning strategies, partially offset by a $2.4 million adjustment of deferred tax assets and $0.4 million of expense associated with a change in the enacted rate in the U.K. that did not recur in 2016.
The Company paid income taxes of $13.9 million in 2017, $13.3 million in 2016 and $9.6 million in 2015.
Impact of the 2017 Tax Act
In the fourth quarter of 2017, the 2017 Tax Act was enacted. Among its provisions, the 2017 Tax Act reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective in 2018), requires companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred and creates new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. As discussed in Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 include the Company’s provisional estimates of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, in accordance with SAB 118. The Company expects to adjust the provisional amounts throughout the measurement period as the Company’s calculations are refined and additional interpretive guidance becomes available.
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, which requires that the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized in the period the tax rate change was enacted. As a result of the 2017 Tax Act being signed into law on December 22, 2017, the Company remeasured its U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities at the lower rate, recording a net tax benefit of $23.0 million as a component of Income tax expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The 2017 Tax Act also provides a one-time “transition tax” on untaxed post-1986 accumulated earnings and profits (“E&P”) of a company’s controlled foreign corporations (“CFC”) determined as of November 2, 2017 or December 31, 2017 (whichever date on which there is more deferred E&P). Cash and cash equivalents are taxed at an effective rate of 15.5% and earnings in excess of the cash position are taxed at an effective rate of 8%. The 2017 Tax Act permits the netting of positive earnings of one CFC against deficits of others. At both November 2, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the accumulated undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries aggregate to an overall E&P deficit. Therefore, the Company estimates that no transition tax will be payable under the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act. As with other tax calculations surrounding the 2017 Tax Act, the Company’s estimate of its transition tax liability as of December 31, 2017 is provisional due to complexities inherent in the computations that it expects to be addressed in whole, or in part, by regulations issued during 2018. As of December 31, 2017, the Company continues to assert that its undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested.
As a result of the 2017 Tax Act, a $3.0 million valuation allowance was recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits.  The 2017 Tax Act moves the U.S. from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system and changes the rules that enable taxpayers to generate foreign source income related to export sales. Consequently, at this time, the Company does not believe that it is “more likely than not” that it can utilize its existing foreign tax credits within the applicable carryforward period. The Company will continue to evaluate this conclusion throughout the measurement period as additional interpretive guidance is issued.
The Company does not believe at this time that it will be subject to either the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse (“BEAT”) tax or the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) tax that were enacted pursuant to the 2017 Tax Act and that are effective beginning January 1, 2018. Accordingly, the Company has not yet selected an accounting policy with respect to GILTI.  The Company will continue to evaluate this conclusion throughout the measurement period as additional interpretive guidance is issued.

58

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Deferred Taxes
The following table summarizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities of the Company’s continuing operations:
(in millions)2017 2016
Deferred tax assets:   
Property, plant and equipment$1.7
 $1.7
Accrued expenses24.0
 31.8
Stock based compensation2.6
 3.6
Net operating loss, research and development and foreign tax credit carryforwards22.6
 22.6
Goodwill and intangibles0.4
 1.2
Pension benefits22.7
 32.9
Other0.8
 0.1
Gross deferred tax assets74.8
 93.9
Valuation allowance(10.6) (7.7)
Total deferred tax assets64.2
 86.2
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Property, plant and equipment(11.3) (10.5)
Pension benefits(13.5) (14.5)
Goodwill and intangibles(77.1) (51.1)
Other(1.2) (1.6)
Gross deferred tax liabilities(103.1) (77.7)
Net deferred tax (liabilities) assets$(38.9) $8.5
The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2017 includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $1.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2027, state net operating loss carryforwards of $8.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2018, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $9.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2025. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2017 includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $1.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2019 and U.S. foreign tax credits of $3.0 million, which will begin to expire in 2023.
The deferred tax asset for tax loss and tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2016, included federal net operating loss carryforwards of $3.0 million, state net operating loss carryforwards of $6.8 million, foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $9.2 million, U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $1.1 million, U.S. foreign tax credits of $1.5 million, and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $1.0 million.
The $64.2 million of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2017, for which no valuation allowance is recorded, is anticipated to be realized through future taxable income or the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2017. Should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize its remaining deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be recorded in the period such determination is made.
Valuation Allowances
ASC 740,Income Taxes, also requires that the future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income. If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance the Company can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.
Throughout 2012, the Company was in a three-year cumulative domestic loss position and continued to maintain a valuation allowance, initially recorded in 2010, against domestic deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the realization of certain deferred tax assets. In 2012, the Company continued to adjust its valuation allowance as the deferred tax assets increased or decreased, resulting in effectively no tax expense or benefit being recorded for domestic operations. However, in 2012, the Company did record tax expense for the increase in the deferred tax liabilities of its domestic indefinite lived intangibles.

5259

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Furthermore, an income tax provision was recorded in each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 for foreign operations that were not in a cumulative loss position.
We continually evaluate the need to maintain a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on our assessment of whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax benefits will be realized through the generation of future taxable income. Appropriate consideration is given to all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the need for a valuation allowance.
In the second quarter of 2013, this evaluation resulted in the determination that $102.4 million of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets could be released. At that time, a qualitative and quantitative analysis of current and expected domestic earnings, industry and market trends, tax planning strategies and general business risks resulted in a conclusion that it was more likely than not that a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets would be realized. Factors considered in reaching this determination included the return to profitability on a cumulative basis and improved market demand, with expectations that such improvement would continue into the foreseeable future. In addition, in 2012, we exited a business segment that had produced losses.
Upon releasing the significant portion of our valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets in the second quarter of 2013, a valuation allowance of $10.4 million was maintained in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC 740-270-25-4 and was released through the effective tax rate as domestic income is recognized throughout the course of the year ended December 31, 2013. An additional $3.4 million reduction in deferred tax valuation allowances was recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company also executed a tax planning strategy that resulted in the release of $6.7 million of valuation allowance that was previously recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits, which would have begun to expire in 2015.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, changes in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Finland tax rates were enacted. As a result, the Company recognized income tax expense of $0.8 million and an income tax benefit of $0.8 million related to the decrease in deferred tax assets and liabilities in the U.K. and Finland, respectively.
As the Company no longer maintains a valuation allowance against most domestic tax assets, tax expense has been recognized on domestic earnings, as well as non-U.S. earnings, in the year ended December 31, 2014.
The Company recognized income tax expense of $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to an income tax benefit of $107.2 million in the prior year. The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 27.8%, compared to (202.3)% in 2013.
In the fourth quarter of 2014, based on a qualitative and quantitative analysis,2017, the Company determined that $3.5$0.8 million of valuation allowance, previously recorded against deferred tax assets in Spain could be released. In reaching the conclusion that it was more likely that deferred tax assets would be realized, the Company evaluated current and expected earnings, the cumulative earnings position, industry and market trends, recent changes in Spanish tax legislation and general business risks.
The Company’s effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was also favorably impacted by a $1.0 million net reduction in unrecognized tax benefits and an income tax benefit of $0.4 million related to the decrease in foreign deferred tax liabilities resulting from a change in the enacted Spanish tax rate.

53




The following table summarizes deferred income tax assets and liabilities:
(in millions)2014 2013
Deferred tax assets:   
Depreciation and amortization$11.1
 $10.8
Accrued expenses28.6
 28.8
Net operating loss, alternative minimum tax, research and development and foreign tax credit carryforwards44.6
 62.8
Definite lived intangibles1.6
 1.7
Pension benefits35.4
 23.3
Other1.0
 1.1
Deferred revenue0.1
 0.1
Gross deferred tax assets122.4
 128.6
Valuation allowance(3.8) (9.8)
Total deferred tax assets118.6
 118.8
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Depreciation and amortization(5.8) (3.7)
Expenses capitalized for book(1.4) (1.0)
Pension benefits(13.4) (11.5)
Indefinite lived intangibles(57.1) (56.8)
Other(0.5) (0.3)
Gross deferred tax liabilities(78.2) (73.3)
Net deferred tax assets$40.4
 $45.5
The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2014, includes federal net operating loss carryforwards of $5.1 million, which begin to expire in 2027, state net operating loss carryforwards of $5.7 million, which will begin to expire in 2015, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $3.0 million, which have an indefinite life. The deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards includes U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $5.0 million, which will begin to expire in 2019, U.S. foreign tax credits of $22.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2017, alternative motor vehicle credits of $0.2 million, which will begin to expire in 2029, and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $3.3 million with no expiration.
The deferred tax asset for tax loss carryforwards at December 31, 2013, included federal net operating loss carryforwards of $7.5 million, state net operating loss carryforwards of $7.7 million, foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $5.2 million, U.S. research tax credit carryforwards of $7.9 million, U.S. foreign tax credits of $31.0 million, alternative motor vehicle credits of $0.2 million, and U.S. alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $3.3 million.
We continue to maintain a valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets, that we believe, oncould be released primarily as a more likely than not basis, will notresult of future taxable income expected to be realized. generated in certain states following the TBEI acquisition.
At December 31, 2014,2017, the total valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets was $10.6 million, comprised of a $6.3 million valuation allowance recorded against state net operating loss carryforwards, totaled $3.8 million.
The $118.6a $1.3 million ofvaluation allowance recorded against foreign net deferred tax assets, at December 31, 2014, for which noinclusive of a $1.0 million valuation allowance is recorded, is anticipated to be realized through future taxable income or the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2014. Should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize its remainingagainst net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment toU.K., and the $3.0 million valuation allowance would be recorded in the period such determination is made.

54




The net deferred tax asset is classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
(in millions)2014 2013
Current net deferred tax assets$19.9
 $12.5
Current valuation allowance(1.1) (0.1)
Total current net deferred tax assets$18.8
 $12.4
Long-term net deferred tax assets$28.0
 $42.8
Long-term valuation allowance(2.7) (9.7)
Long-term net deferred tax assets$25.3
 $33.1
At December 31, 2014, $4.0 million of net deferred tax liabilities are included within Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
In the fourth quarter of 2013, in connection with the aforementioned tax planning strategy, the Company repatriated $24.3 million of previously undistributed earnings at one ofagainst the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Astax credits as a result of this change, in 2013 the Company increased its deferred tax assets related to the $24.3 million repatriation by $9.9 million. The remainder of the foreign subsidiaries undistributed earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested.2017 Tax Act, discussed above.
Federal and state income taxes have not been provided on accumulated undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $40.9 million and $59.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, as such earnings have been reinvested in the business. The determination of the amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the undistributed earnings is not practicable.Unrecognized Tax Benefits
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits:
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Balance at January 1$4.8
 $4.0
 $4.3
$1.8
 $2.2
 $2.0
Increases related to current year tax0.4
 1.4
 0.2
0.2
 0.1
 0.3
Increases from prior period positions0.3
 0.4
 0.1
Decreases from prior period positions(0.1) (0.2) (0.2)
Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations(2.4) (0.8) (0.4)(0.1) (0.5) (0.1)
Foreign currency translation(0.2) 
 
Balance at December 31$2.8
 $4.8
 $4.0
$1.9
 $1.8
 $2.2
The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. At December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, accruals for interest and penalties amounting to $0.8$0.6 million and $0.1$0.6 million, respectively, are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets but are not included in the table above. At December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, reserves for unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, of $3.3$2.2 million and $4.8$2.1 million, respectively, were included within otherOther long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2014,2017, unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million were included as a component of Deferred tax liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2016, unrecognized tax benefits of $0.3 million were included as a reduction of current deferredDeferred tax assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
All of the unrecognized tax benefits of $2.8$1.9 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 20142017 and 2016, respectively, would impact our annual effective tax rate, if recognized. We do not expect any significant change to our unrecognized tax benefits as a result of potential expiration of statute of limitations andor settlements with tax authorities.authorities within the next twelve months.
Status of Tax Returns
We file U.S., state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 20122014 through 20142016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal tax authorities, whereas the 20112013 through 20142016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by most state tax authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the tax years from 20102013 through 20142016 generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.
The Company paid income taxes of $8.2 million in 2014, $4.0 million in 2013 and $2.9 million in 2012.
NOTE 79 — PENSIONS
The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor a number oftwo defined benefit pension plans covering certain salaried and hourly employees. These plans have been closed to new participants for a number of years. Benefits under these plans are primarily based on final average compensation and years of service as defined within the provisions of the individual plans. As a result of plan amendments, the latest of which was in 2008, the only new benefits that were being accrued through the end of 2016 were salary increases for a limited group of participants. Those benefits ceased at the end of 2016, at which point all existing plans became fully frozen.
In September 2017, the Company executed an amendment to its U.S. defined benefit pension plan, which enabled the Company to announce a limited-time voluntary lump-sum pension offering to eligible, terminated, vested plan participants. In connection with the offering, 516 individuals elected to receive a lump-sum settlement payment. In the aggregate, the Company paid a total of $13.7 million in lump-sum benefit payments during the year ended December 31, 2017, using assets of the plan. As total benefit payments during the year ended December 31, 2017 exceeded the sum of the service and interest cost, the Company

5560

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)





The Company also participateswas required to measure the liabilities of the benefit plans and recognize a settlement charge of $6.1 million, in multi-employer pension plans that provide defined benefits to employees under U.S. collective bargaining agreements. None of these plans are considered individually significant to the Company. Contributions to these plans totaled $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.accordance with ASC 715, Compensation - Retirement Benefits.
The following table summarizes net periodic pension expense for U.S. and non-U.S. benefit plans:
U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit PlansU.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
(in millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Company-sponsored plans:                      
Service cost$
 $
 $
 $0.4
 $0.3
 $0.2
$
 $
 $
 $0.2
 $0.2
 $0.2
Interest cost7.9
 7.3
 7.4
 2.6
 2.5
 2.6
7.6
 7.8
 7.6
 1.4
 1.8
 2.1
Expected return on plan assets(9.1) (8.8) (8.1) (3.6) (2.6) (2.6)(9.6) (10.3) (10.3) (2.1) (2.4) (2.7)
Amortization of actuarial loss5.1
 7.5
 5.5
 0.4
 0.9
 0.8
2.5
 5.6
 6.8
 0.6
 0.6
 0.7
Total company-sponsored plans3.9
 6.0
 4.8
 (0.2) 1.1
 1.0
Settlement charge recognized6.1
 
 
 
 
 
Total Company-sponsored plans6.6
 3.1
 4.1
 0.1
 0.2
 0.3
Multi-employer plans0.2
 0.2
 0.3
 
 
 
0.2
 0.1
 0.2
 
 
 
Net periodic pension expense$4.1
 $6.2
 $5.1
 $(0.2) $1.1
 $1.0
$6.8
 $3.2
 $4.3
 $0.1
 $0.2
 $0.3
The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining pension costs:
U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit PlansU.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Discount rate5.1% 4.2% 5.0% 4.5% 4.1% 4.6%4.3% 4.6% 4.2% 2.6% 3.7% 3.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels3.5% 3.5% 3.5% 
 
 

 
 3.5% 
 
 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets7.6% 7.9% 8.1% 5.9% 5.1% 5.3%7.1% 7.5% 7.8% 4.2% 4.9% 4.7%
The following table summarizes the changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets:
U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit PlansU.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
(in millions)2014 2013 2014 20132017 2016 2017 2016
Benefit obligation, beginning of year$159.3
 $179.7
 $61.0
 $65.6
$180.6
 $174.3
 $51.7
 $55.7
Service cost
 
 0.4
 0.3

 
 0.2
 0.2
Interest cost7.9
 7.3
 2.6
 2.5
7.6
 7.8
 1.4
 1.8
Actuarial loss (gain)28.6
 (17.6) 6.8
 (5.3)12.9
 7.7
 (0.1) 7.8
Benefits and expenses paid(9.5) (10.1) (3.1) (3.1)(8.4) (9.2) (3.3) (4.2)
Settlement payments(13.7) 
 
 
Foreign currency translation
 
 (4.1) 1.0

 
 4.8
 (9.6)
Benefit obligation, end of year$186.3
 $159.3
 $63.6
 $61.0
$179.0
 $180.6
 $54.7
 $51.7
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year$184.4
 $157.3
 $63.1
 $60.4
$179.0
 $180.6
 $54.7
 $51.7
The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in determining benefit obligations:
 U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plans
 2014 2013 2014 2013
Discount rate4.2% 5.1% 3.5% 4.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels3.5% 3.5% 
 
 U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
 2017 2016 2017 2016
Discount rate3.7% 4.3% 2.5% 2.6%

61

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The following summarizes the changes in the fair value of plan assets:
U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit PlansU.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
(in millions)2014 2013 2014 20132017 2016 2017 2016
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year$129.4
 $112.2
 $62.4
 $54.8
$131.1
 $128.1
 $48.5
 $54.3
Actual return on plan assets(a)5.9
 20.5
 2.2
 7.6
17.7
 6.6
 3.9
 6.2
Company contribution8.2
 6.8
 1.2
 1.7
5.0
 5.6
 0.9
 1.3
Benefits and expenses paid(9.5) (10.1) (3.1) (3.1)(8.4) (9.2) (3.3) (4.2)
Settlement payments(13.7) 
 
 
Foreign currency translation
 
 (3.7) 1.4

 
 4.7
 (9.1)
Fair value of plan assets, end of year$134.0
 $129.4
 $59.0
 $62.4
$131.7
 $131.1
 $54.7
 $48.5

56

Table of Contents



(a)Actual return on plan assets of the U.S. benefit plan for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, was net of fees, commissions and other expenses paid from plan assets of $2.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
As more fully described within Note 117Significant Accounting Policies,Fair Value Measurements, the Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value for the U.S. benefit plan:
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash on deposit and a money market fund, that invests principally in short-term instruments. The money-market fund is valued at the net asset value (“NAV”) of the shares in the fund.
Equity investments represent domestic and foreign securities, including common stock, which are publicly traded on active exchanges and are valued based on quoted market prices. Certain equity securities, which are valued using a model that takes the underlying security’s best price, divides it by the applicable exchange rate and multiplies the result by a depository receipt factor, are categorized within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Fixed income investments include corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and treasury bonds. Corporate bonds are valued using pricing models that include bids provided by brokers or dealers, benchmark yields, base spreads and reported trades. Asset-backed securities are valued using models with readily observable data as inputs. Treasury bonds are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets.
Mutual funds are valued at the net asset value,NAV, based on quoted market prices in active markets, of shares held by the plan at year end.
Real estate investments include public real estate investment trusts (“REIT”) and exchange traded REIT funds, which are publicly traded on active exchanges and are valued based on quoted market prices.
Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value for the non-U.S. benefit plan:
Equity investments represent domestic and foreign securities, which are publicly traded on active exchanges and are valued based on quoted market prices. The inputs used to value certain other non-U.S. investments in equity securities both in the U.K. and other overseas markets are based on observable market information consistent with Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy inputs. Specifically, they are valued using the NAV as of the last business day of the year. The NAV is based on the underlying value of the assets owned by the fund minus its liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. The value of the underlying assets is based on quoted prices in active markets.
Fixed income investments include treasury securities, which are valued based on quoted market prices in active markets, and corporate bonds which are either valued based on quoted market prices in active markets or other readily observable market data.
The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

5762

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The following summarizes the Company’s pension assets in a three-tier fair value hierarchy for its benefit plans:
U. S. Benefit PlanU. S. Benefit Plan
2014 20132017 2016
(in millions)Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalLevel 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Cash and cash equivalents$2.5
 $
 $
 $2.5
 $2.9
 $
 $
 $2.9
$4.2
 $
 $
 $4.2
 $5.7
 $
 $
 $5.7
Equity securities:                              
U.S. Large Cap40.1
 0.1
 
 40.2
 37.1
 
 
 37.1
39.7
 
 
 39.7
 36.4
 0.1
 
 36.5
U.S. Small and Mid Cap15.9
 
 
 15.9
 15.3
 
 
 15.3
18.5
 
 
 18.5
 16.9
 
 
 16.9
Federal Signal common stock3.6
 
 
 3.6
 13.6
 
 
 13.6
Developed international9.9
 4.5
 
 14.4
 9.6
 0.1
 
 9.7
12.3
 7.1
 
 19.4
 8.6
 7.7
 
 16.3
Emerging markets10.7
 0.2
 
 10.9
 2.7
 
 
 2.7
12.1
 0.8
 
 12.9
 11.9
 0.5
 
 12.4
Fixed income:      

              

        
Government securities1.1
 
 
 1.1
 6.8
 
 
 6.8
6.6
 
 
 6.6
 7.1
 
 
 7.1
Asset-backed securities
 7.1
 
 7.1
 
 3.5
 
 3.5

 11.7
 
 11.7
 
 9.9
 
 9.9
Corporate bonds
 19.2
 
 19.2
 
 
 
 

 13.9
 
 13.9
 
 14.9
 
 14.9
Mutual funds1.2
 
 
 1.2
 18.0
 
 
 18.0
Other investments:                              
Mutual funds13.9
 
 
 13.9
 19.8
 
 
 19.8
1.4
 
 
 1.4
 5.6
 
 
 5.6
Real estate3.7
 
 
 3.7
 
 
 
 
3.1
 
 
 3.1
 5.4
 
 
 5.4
Total assets at fair value (a)
$102.6
 $31.1
 $
 $133.7
 $125.8
 $3.6
 $
 $129.4
$97.9
 $33.5
 $
 $131.4
 $97.6
 $33.1
 $
 $130.7
(a)Total assets at fair value at December 31, 2014 in the table above excludesexclude a net receivable of $0.3 million.million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Non-U. S. Benefit PlansNon-U. S. Benefit Plan
2014 20132017 2016
(in millions)Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalLevel 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Cash$11.5
 $
 $
 $11.5
 $10.7
 $
 $
 $10.7
$0.8
 $
 $
 $0.8
 $0.4
 $
 $
 $0.4
Equity securities6.0
 35.9
 
 41.9
 6.3
 36.9
 
 43.2

 41.1
 
 41.1
 
 41.9
 
 41.9
Fixed income:                              
Government securities2.9
 
 
 2.9
 4.0
 
 
 4.0
3.6
 
 
 3.6
 1.3
 
 
 1.3
Corporate bonds1.6
 1.1
 
 2.7
 4.5
 
 
 4.5
6.8
 2.4
 
 9.2
 2.6
 2.3
 
 4.9
Total assets at fair value$22.0
 $37.0
 $
 $59.0
 $25.5
 $36.9
 $
 $62.4
$11.2
 $43.5
 $
 $54.7
 $4.3
 $44.2
 $
 $48.5
    
The Company maintains a structured derisking investment strategy for the U.S. pension plan to improve alignment of assets and liabilities that includes: (i) maintaining a diversified portfolio that can provide a near-term weighted-average target return of approximately 7.8%7.0% or more, (ii) maintaining liquidity to meet obligations and (iii) prudently managing administrative and management costs. The target asset allocations for the U.S. pension plan are (i) between 45%53% and 75%73% equity securities, (ii) between 15%25% and 45% fixed income securities and (iii) between 0% and 20% in other investments, with the remainder represented by cash and cash equivalents. Other investments may include real estate investments and mutual funds investing in real estate, commodities or hedge funds.
Plan assets for the non-U.S. benefit plans consist principally of a diversified portfolio of equity securities, U.K. government securities, companycorporate bonds and debt securities. The target asset allocations for the non-U.S. benefit plan assets are between 50%65% and 70%75% equity securities and between 30%25% and 50%35% debt securities.
During the year ended December 31, 2014,2015, the Company repurchased $10.3all of the remaining 0.2 million shares of its common stock from its U.S. benefit plan.plan for a total cost of $3.6 million. The repurchases were made under theauthorized stock repurchase programprograms further outlined in Note 1214 – Stockholders’ Equity. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, U.S. benefit plan assets included 0.2 million and 0.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $3.6 million and $13.6 million, respectively. Dividends of $0.1 million were paid on the Company’s common stock held in the U.S. benefit plan did not exceed $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. No dividends were paid on the Company’s common stock held in the U.S. benefit plan in the year ended December 31, 2013.2015.

5863

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The following summarizes the funded status of the Company-sponsored plans:
 U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plans
(in millions)2014 2013 2014 2013
Fair value of plan assets, end of year$134.0
 $129.4
 $59.0
 $62.4
Benefit obligation, end of year186.3
 159.3
 63.6
 61.0
Funded status, end of year$(52.3) $(29.9) $(4.6) $1.4
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s non-U.S. benefit plans where the accumulated benefit obligation was in excess of the fair value of plan assets reflected an underfunded status of $4.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively.
 U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
(in millions)2017 2016 2017 2016
Fair value of plan assets, end of year$131.7
 $131.1
 $54.7
 $48.5
Benefit obligation, end of year179.0
 180.6
 54.7
 51.7
Funded status, end of year$(47.3) $(49.5) $
 $(3.2)
The following summarizes the amounts recognized within our Consolidated Balance Sheets:
U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit PlansU.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
(in millions)2014 2013 2014 20132017 2016 2017 2016
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet include:       
Deferred charges and other assets$
 $
 $
 $2.5
Amounts recognized in Total liabilities include:       
Long-term pension and other post-retirement benefit liabilities(52.3) (29.9) (4.6) (1.1)$47.3
 $49.5
 $
 $3.2
Net (liability) asset recorded$(52.3) $(29.9) $(4.6) $1.4
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss include:       
Net liability recorded$47.3
 $49.5
 $
 $3.2
Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss include:       
Net actuarial loss$81.4
 $54.7
 $21.9
 $15.6
$80.2
 $84.1
 $17.8
 $18.8
Net amount recognized, pre-tax$81.4
 $54.7
 $21.9
 $15.6
$80.2
 $84.1
 $17.8
 $18.8
As a result of the U.S. benefit plan becoming fully frozen at the end of 2016, all plan participants are now considered to be inactive. Effective in 2017, the actuarial loss associated with the U.S. benefit plan that is included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss is being amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the remaining average life expectancy of plan participants, as opposed to over the remaining average service period. The same methodology is also being applied to the U.K. benefit plan, which has been fully frozen for a number of years. The Company expects $7.2$3.6 million relating to amortization of the net actuarial loss to be amortized from accumulatedAccumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2015.2018.
The Company expects to contribute up to $7.8$5.1 million to the U.S. benefit plan and up to $1.1$1.4 million to the non-U.S. benefit plansplan in 2015.2018. Future contributions to the plans will be based on such factors as annual service cost, the financial return on plan assets, interest rate movements that affect discount rates applied to plan liabilities and the value of benefit payments made.
The following summarizes the benefits expected to be paid under the Company’s defined benefit plans in each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter:
(in millions)U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plans
2015$8.9
 $2.6
20168.4
 2.7
20179.1
 2.8
20189.3
 2.8
201910.0
 2.9
2020-202454.7
 16.1
(in millions)U.S. Benefit Plan Non-U.S. Benefit Plan
2018$9.2
 $2.4
20199.1
 2.5
20209.6
 2.6
20219.8
 2.7
202210.3
 2.8
2023-202753.9
 15.6
The Company also sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan covering a majority of its employees. Participation is via automatic enrollment and employees may elect to opt out of the plan. Company contributions to the plan are based on employees’employee age and years of service, as well as athe percentage of employee contributions. The cost of these plans was $7.1$6.9 million in 2014, $7.02017, $6.9 million in 20132016 and $6.3$7.5 million in 2012.2015.
Prior
64

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Multi-Employer Pension Plans
The Company also participates in two multi-employer pension plans that provide defined benefits to September 30, 2003,employees under U.S. collective bargaining agreements, as follows:
Pension Fund EIN/Pension Plan Number Pension Protection Act Zone Status 
FIP/RP Status Pending/ Implemented (a)
 Surcharge Imposed Expiration of Collective Bargaining Agreement
  2017 2016   
IAM National Pension Fund (b)
 51-6031295/002 Green Green No No 5/31/2018
Sheet Metal Worker’s National Pension Fund (b)
 52-6112463/001 Yellow Yellow FIP Implemented No 6/27/2020
(a)Indicates whether the plan has a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) which is either pending or has been implemented.
(b)The plans’ year-end to which the zone status relates is December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Contributions to these plans totaled $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s contributions do not represent more than 5% of the total contributions to the plans as indicated in their most recently available annual reports dated December 31, 2016.
The risks of participating in a multi-employer pension plan are different from a single-employer plan in that (i) assets contributed to the multi-employer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers; (ii) if a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers; and (iii) if the Company also provided medical benefitschooses to certain eligible retired employees. These benefits are funded whenstop participating in the claims are incurred. Participants generally became eligible for these benefits at age 60 after completing at least 15 years of service. Themulti-employer pension plan, provided for the payment of specified percentages of medical expenses reduced by any deductible and payments made by other primary group coverage and government programs. Effective September 30, 2003, the Company amendedmay be required to pay the retiree medical plan and effectively canceled coverage for all eligible active employees except for retirees and a limited group that qualified under a formulaan amount based on age and yearsthe unfunded status of service. Accumulated post-retirement benefit liabilities of $0.5 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were fully accrued. The net periodic post-retirement benefit costs have not been significant during the three-year period ended December 31, 2014.plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

59

Table of Contents



NOTE 810 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
GuaranteesFinancial Commitments
The Company provides indemnifications and other guarantees in the ordinary course of business, the terms of which range in duration and often are not explicitly defined. Specifically, the Company is occasionally required to provide letters of credit and bid and performance bonds to various customers, principally to act as security for retention levels related to casualty insurance policies and to guarantee the performance of subsidiaries that engage in export and domestic transactions. At December 31, 2014,2017, the Company had outstanding performance and financial standby letters of credit, as well as outstanding bid and performance bonds, aggregating $47.2$21.3 million. If any such letters of credit or bonds are called, the Company would be obligated to reimburse the issuer of the letter of credit or bond. The Company believes the likelihood of any currently outstanding letter of credit or bond being called is remote.
Following the June 3, 2016 acquisition of JJE, the Company has transactions involving the sale of equipment to certain of its customers which include (i) guarantees to repurchase the equipment for a fixed price at a future date and (ii) guarantees to repurchase the equipment from the third-party lender in the event of default by the customer. As of December 31, 2017, the single year and maximum potential cash payments the Company could be required to make to repurchase equipment under these agreements were each $4.5 million. The Company’s risk under these repurchase arrangements would be partially mitigated by the value of the products repurchased as part of the transaction. In addition, the former owners of JJE have agreed to reimburse the Company for certain losses incurred resulting from the requirement to repurchase any such equipment. Any such reimbursement could be withheld from the C$8.0 million deferred payment to be made on the third anniversary of the acquisition date. The Company has recorded the residual liability for potential losses related to the repurchase exposures, which represents the expected losses that could result from obligations to repurchase products, after giving effect to proceeds anticipated to be received from the resale of those products to alternative customers, as well as to the reimbursement of any losses incurred. The Company has recorded its estimated net liability associated with losses from these guarantee and repurchase obligations on its Consolidated Balance Sheet based on historical experience and current facts and circumstances, and the amounts recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Historical cash requirements and losses associated with these obligations have not been significant, but could increase if customer defaults exceed current expectations.


65

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Product Warranties
The Company issues product performance warranties to customers with the sale of its products. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending upon the product sold and country in which the Company does business, with warranty periods generally ranging from one to five years. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the sale of the related product is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include (i) the number of units under warranty from time to time, (ii) historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and (iii) costs per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
The following table summarizesDuring the changes in the Company’s warranty liabilities:
(in millions)2014 2013
Balance at January 1$8.4
 $6.8
Provisions to expense8.8
 10.1
Actual costs incurred(8.1) (8.5)
Balance at December 31$9.1
 $8.4
Atyear ended December 31, 2014 and 2013,2017, the Company recognized an accrual of $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, was recorded in ourestimated liability within the Environmental Solutions Group in connection with a specific warranty matter. The accrual recorded represents management’s best estimate ofIt is reasonably possible that the probable liability. The Company’s estimate may change in the near term as more information becomes available; however, the costs areultimate resolution of this matter is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.liquidity.
The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s warranty liabilities:
(in millions)2017 2016
Balance at January 1$6.4
 $7.4
Provisions to expense6.6
 5.5
Acquisitions1.7
 
Payments(6.3) (6.5)
Balance at December 31$8.4
 $6.4
Environmental Liabilities
Reserves of $1.3 million and $1.4 million related toIn May 2012, the environmental remediation of theCompany sold a facility in Pearland, Texas facility are included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.Texas. The facility was previously used by the Company’s discontinued Pauluhn business, andwhich manufactured marine, offshore and industrial lighting products. The Company soldsite is in the facility in May 2012process of remediation, and while the Company has not finalized its plans, it is probable that the site will require remediation.incur future costs. As such, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, environmental remediation reserves of $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, have been included in liabilities of discontinued operations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recorded reserves are based on an undiscounted estimate of the range of costs to remediate the site, depending upon the remediation approach and other factors. The Company’s estimate may change in the near termnear-term as more information becomes available; however, the costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
NOTE 911 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is subject to various claims, including pending and possible legal actions for product liability and other damages, and other matters arising in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews uninsured material legal claims against the Company and accrues for the costs of such claims as appropriate in the exercise of management’s best judgment and experience. However, due to a lack of factual information available to the Company about a claim, or the procedural stage of a claim, it may not be possible for the Company to reasonably assess either the probability of a favorable or unfavorable outcome of the claim or to reasonably estimate the amount of loss should there be an unfavorable outcome. Therefore, for many claims, the Company cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss.
The Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such claims and actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.operations or financial condition. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such matters, if unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial positioncondition or cash flow.

60

Table of Contents



Hearing Loss Litigation
The Company has been sued for monetary damages by firefighters seeking damages claimingwho claim that exposure to the Company’s sirens has impaired their hearing and that the sirens are therefore defective. There were 33 cases filed during the period of 1999 through 2004, involving a total of 2,443 plaintiffs, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. These cases involved more than 1,800 firefighter plaintiffs from locations outside of Chicago. In 2009, six additional cases were filed in Cook County, involving 299 Pennsylvania firefighter plaintiffs. During 2013, another case was filed in Cook County involving 74 Pennsylvania firefighter plaintiffs.

66

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The trial of the first 27 of these plaintiffs’ claims occurred in 2008, whenwhereby a Cook County jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company.
An additional 40 Chicago firefighter plaintiffs were selected for trial in 2009. Plaintiffs’ counsel later moved to reduce the number of plaintiffs from 40 to nine. The trial for these nine plaintiffs concluded with a verdict against the Company and for the plaintiffs in varying amounts totaling $0.4 million. The Company appealed this verdict. On September 13, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court rejected this appeal. The Company thereafter filed a petition for rehearing with the Illinois Appellate Court, which was denied on February 7, 2013. The Company sought further review by filing a petition for leave to appeal with the Illinois Supreme Court on March 14, 2013. On May 29, 2013, the Illinois Supreme Court issued a summary order declining to accept review of this case. On July 1, 2013, the Company satisfied the judgments entered for these plaintiffs, which has resulted in final dismissal of these cases.
A third consolidated trial involving eight Chicago firefighter plaintiffs occurred during November 2011. The jury returned a unanimous verdict in favor of the Company at the conclusion of this trial.
Following this trial, on March 12, 2012 the trial court entered an order certifying a class of the remaining Chicago Fire Department firefighter plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. The Company petitioned the Illinois Appellate Court for interlocutory appeal of this ruling. On May 17, 2012, the Illinois Appellate Court accepted the Company’s petition. On June 8, 2012, plaintiffs moved to dismiss the appeal, agreeing with the Company that the trial court had erred in certifying a class action trial in this matter. Pursuant to plaintiffs’ motion, the Illinois Appellate Court reversed the trial court’s certification order.
Thereafter, the trial court scheduled a fourth consolidated trial involving three firefighter plaintiffs, which began in December 2012. Prior to the start of this trial, the claims of two of the three firefighter plaintiffs were dismissed. On December 17, 2012, the jury entered a complete defense verdict for the Company.
Following this defense verdict, plaintiffs again moved to certify a class of Chicago Fire Department plaintiffs for trial on the sole issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. Over the Company’s objection, the trial court granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification on March 11, 2013 and scheduled a class action trial to begin on June 10, 2013. The Company filed a petition for review with the Illinois Appellate Court on March 29, 2013 seeking reversal of the class certification order.
On June 25, 2014, a unanimous three-judge panel of the First District Illinois Appellate Court issued its opinion reversing the class certification order of the trial court. Specifically, the Appellate Court determined that the trial court’s ruling failed to satisfy the class-action requirements that the common issues of the firefighters’ claims predominate over the individual issues and that there is an adequate representative for the class. During a status hearing on October 8, 2014, plaintiffs represented to the Court that they would again seek to certify a class of firefighters on the issue of whether the Company’s sirens were defective and unreasonably dangerous. On January 12, 2015, plaintiffs filed motions to amend their complaints to add class action allegations with respect to Chicago firefighter plaintiffs as well as the approximately 1,800 firefighter plaintiffs from locations outside of Chicago. The Company’s responseOn March 11, 2015, the trial court granted plaintiff’s motions to amend their complaints. Plaintiffs have indicated that they will now file motions to certify classes in these motions was filed on February 13, 2015.cases. On April 24, 2015, the cases were transferred to Cook County chancery court, which will decide all class certification issues. The Company intends to continue its objections to any attempt at certification.
The Company has also filed motions to dismiss cases involving firefighters who worked for fire departments located outside of the state of Illinois based on improper venue. On February 24, 2017, the Circuit Court of Cook County entered orders dismissing the cases of 1,770 such firefighter plaintiffs from the jurisdiction of the state of Illinois. Pursuant to these orders, these plaintiffs had six months thereafter to refile their cases in jurisdictions where these firefighters are located. Prior to this six-month deadline, some of the attorneys representing these plaintiffs contacted the Company regarding possible settlement of these cases. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company entered into a global settlement agreement with two attorneys who represented approximately 1,090 of these plaintiffs. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company offered $700 per plaintiff to settle these cases. 717 plaintiffs accepted this offer as a final settlement. The attorneys representing these plaintiffs have agreed to withdraw from representing plaintiffs who have not responded to the settlement offer. It is the Company’s position that the non-settling plaintiffs who failed to timely refile their cases following the February 2017 dismissal by the Circuit Court of Cook County are now barred from doing so by the statute of limitations. The Company also has filed a venue motion seeking to transfer to DuPage County cases involving 10 plaintiffs who reside and work in Illinois but outside of Cook County. The Court granted this motion on June 28, 2017.

67

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The Company has also been sued on this issue outside of the Cook County, Illinois venue. Many of these cases have involved lawsuits filed by a single attorney in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. During 2007 and through 2009, this attorney filed a total of 71 lawsuits involving 71 plaintiffs in this jurisdiction. Three of these cases were dismissed pursuant to pretrial motions filed by the Company. Another case was voluntarily dismissed. Prior to trial in four cases, the Company paid nominal sums which included reimbursements of expenses, to obtain dismissals.
Three trials occurred in Philadelphia involving these cases filed in 2007 through 2009. The first trial involving one of these plaintiffs occurred in 2010, when the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiff. In particular, the jury found that the Company’s siren was not defectively designed, but that the Company negligently constructed the siren. The jury awarded damages in the amount of $0.1 million, which was subsequently reduced to $0.08 million. The Company appealed this verdict. Another trial,

61

Table of Contents



involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, also occurred in 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial. The third trial, also involving nine Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs, was completed during 2010 when the jury returned a defense verdict for the Company as to all claims and all plaintiffs involved in that trial.
Following defense verdicts in the last two Philadelphia trials, the Company negotiated settlements with respect to all remaining filed cases in Philadelphia at that time, as well as other firefighter claimants represented by the attorney who filed the Philadelphia cases. On January 4, 2011, the Company entered into a Global Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) with the law firm of the attorney representing the Philadelphia claimants, on behalf of 1,125 claimants the firm represented (the “Claimants”) and who had asserted product claims against the Company (the “Claims”). Three hundred eight of the Claimants had lawsuits pending against the Company in Cook County, Illinois.
The Settlement Agreement, as amended, provided that the Company pay a total amount of $3.8 million (the “Settlement Payment”) to settle the Claims (including the costs, fees and other expenses of the law firm in connection with its representation of the Claimants), subject to certain terms, conditions and procedures set forth in the Settlement Agreement. In order for the Company to be required to make the Settlement Payment: (i) each Claimant who agreed to settle his or her claims had to sign a release acceptable to the Company (a “Release”), (ii) each Claimant who agreed to the settlement and who was a plaintiff in a lawsuit, had to dismiss his or her lawsuit with prejudice, (iii) by April 29, 2011, at least 93% of the Claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement must have agreed to settle their claims and provide a signed Release to the Company and (iv) the law firm had to withdraw from representing any Claimants who did not agree to the settlement, including those who filed lawsuits. If the conditions to the settlement were met, but less than 100% of the Claimants agreed to settle their Claims and sign a Release, the Settlement Payment would be reduced by the percentage of Claimants who did not agree to the settlement.
On April 22, 2011, the Company confirmed that the terms and conditions of the Settlement Agreement had been met and made a payment of $3.6 million to conclude the settlement. The amount was based upon the Company’s receipt of 1,069 signed releases provided by Claimants, which was 95.02% of all Claimants identified in the Settlement Agreement.
The Company generally denies the allegations made in the claims and lawsuits by the Claimants and denies that its products caused any injuries to the Claimants. Nonetheless, the Company entered into the Settlement Agreement for the purpose of minimizing its expenses, including legal fees, and avoiding the inconvenience, uncertainty and distraction of the claims and lawsuits.
During April through October 2012, 20 new cases were filed in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. These cases were filed on behalf of 20 Philadelphia firefighters and involve various defendants in addition to the Company. Five of these cases were subsequently dismissed. The first trial involving these new2012 Philadelphia cases occurred during December 2014 and involved three firefighter plaintiffs. The jury returned a verdict in favor of the Company. Following this trial, all of the parties agreed to settle cases involving seven firefighter plaintiffs set for trial during January 2015 for nominal amounts per plaintiff. In January 2015, plaintiffs’ attorneys filed two new complaints in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania on behalf of approximately 70 additional firefighter plaintiffs. The vast majority of the firefighters identified in these complaints are located outside of Pennsylvania. One of the complaints in these cases, which involves 11 firefighter plaintiffs from the District of Columbia, was removed to federal court in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. Plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed all claims in this case on May 31, 2016. The Company thereafter moved to recover various fees and costs in this case, asserting that plaintiffs’ counsel failed to properly investigate these claims prior to filing suit. The Court granted this motion on April 25, 2017, awarding $0.1 million to the Company. Plaintiffs’ counsel has appealed this Order. With respect to claims of other out-of-state firefighters involved in these two cases, the Company moved to dismiss these claims as improperly filed in Pennsylvania. The Court granted this motion and dismissed these claims on November 5, 2015. During August through December 2015, another nine new cases were filed in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. These cases involve a total of 193 firefighters, most of whom are located outside of Pennsylvania. The Company

68

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



again moved to dismiss all claims filed by out-of-state firefighters in these cases as improperly filed in Pennsylvania. On May 24, 2016, the Court granted this motion and dismissed these claims. Plaintiffs have filed a notice of appeal regarding this decision. On May 13, 2016, four new cases were filed in Philadelphia state court, involving a total of 55 Philadelphia firefighters who live in Pennsylvania. During August 2016, the Company settled a case involving four Philadelphia firefighters that had been set for trial in Philadelphia state court during September 2016. During 2017, plaintiffs filed additional cases in the Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, involving over 100 Philadelphia firefighter plaintiffs. During January 2017, plaintiffs filed a motion to consolidate and bifurcate, similar to a motion filed in the Pittsburgh hearing loss cases, as described below. The Company has filed an opposition to this motion. These cases were then transferred to the mass tort program in Philadelphia for pretrial purposes. Plaintiffs’ counsel thereafter dismissed several plaintiffs. During November 2017, a trial involving one Philadelphia firefighter occurred. The jury returned a verdict in favor of the Company in this trial. As of December 31, 2017, a total of 75 firefighters are involved in cases pending in the Philadelphia mass tort program.
During April through July 2013, additional cases were filed in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. These cases involve 247 plaintiff firefighters from Pittsburgh and various defendants, including the Company. During May 2016, two additional cases were filed against the Company in Allegheny County involving 19 Pittsburgh firefighters. After the Company filed pretrial motions, the Court dismissed claims of 3855 Pittsburgh firefighter plaintiffs. The Court scheduled the first trials of these Pittsburgh firefighters to occur in May, September and November 2016. Each trial will involve eight firefighters. Prior to the first scheduled trial in Pittsburgh, the Court granted the Company’s motion for summary judgment and dismissed all claims asserted by plaintiff firefighters involved in this trial. Plaintiffs have appealed this dismissal. The next trial involving six Pittsburgh firefighters started on November 7, 2016. Shortly after this trial began, plaintiffs’ counsel moved for a mistrial because a key witness suddenly became unavailable. The Court granted this motion and rescheduled this trial for March 6, 2017. During January 2017, plaintiffs also moved to consolidate and bifurcate trials involving Pittsburgh firefighters. In particular, plaintiffs sought one trial involving liability issues which will apply to all Pittsburgh firefighters who have filed suit against the Company. The Company filed an opposition to this motion. On April 18, 2017, the trial court granted plaintiffs’ motion to bifurcate the next Pittsburgh trial. Pursuant to a motion for clarification filed by the Company, the Court ruled that the bifurcation order will only apply to six plaintiffs who are part of the next trial group in Pittsburgh. The Company thereafter sought an interlocutory appeal of the Court’s bifurcation order. The appellate court declined to accept the appeal at this time. A bifurcated trial began on September 27, 2017 in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. Prior to and during trial, two plaintiffs were dismissed, resulting in four plaintiffs remaining for trial. After approximately two weeks of trial, the jury found that the Company’s siren product was not defective or unreasonably dangerous and rendered a verdict in favor of the Company. A second trial involving Pittsburgh firefighters began during January 2018. At the outset of this trial, plaintiffs’ attorneys requested that the Company consider settlement of various cases. This trial was continued until March 2018 to allow the parties to further discuss possible settlement. As of December 31, 2017, the Company has recognized its best estimate of a potential settlement amount. While it is reasonably possible that the ultimate resolution of this matter may result in a loss in excess of the amount accrued, a reasonable estimate of the incremental loss or range of losses cannot be made. During March 2014, an action also was brought in the Court of Common Pleas of Erie County, Pennsylvania on behalf of 61 firefighters. This case likewise involves various defendants in addition to the Company. After the Company filed pretrial motions, 3233 Erie County firefighter plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed their claims. During August 2017, five cases involving 70 firefighter plaintiffs were filed in Lackawanna County, Pennsylvania. These cases involve firefighter plaintiffs who originally filed in Cook County and were dismissed pursuant to the Company’s forum nonconveniens motion. As of December 31, 2017, a total of 263 firefighters are involved in cases filed in Allegheny and Lackawanna counties in Pennsylvania.
On September 17, 2014, 20 lawsuits, involving a total of 193 Buffalo Fire Department firefighters, were filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, Erie County. Several product manufacturers, including the Company, have been named as defendants in these cases. All of the cases filed in Erie County, New York have been removed to federal court in the Western District of New York. DefendantsPlaintiffs have filed a motion to consolidate and bifurcate these cases, similar to the motion filed in the Pittsburgh hearing loss cases, as described above. The Company has filed an opposition to the motion. During February 2015, a lawsuit involving one New York City firefighter plaintiff was filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. The plaintiff named the Company as well as several other parties as defendants. That case subsequently was transferred to federal court in the Northern District of New York and thereafter dismissed. During April 2015 through January 2016, 29 new cases involving a total of 235 firefighters were filed in various counties in the New York City area. During December 2016 through October 2017 additional cases were filed in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2017, a total of 535 firefighters are involved in cases filed in the state of New York.
During November 2015, the Company was served with a complaint filed in Union County, New Jersey state court, involving 34 New Jersey firefighters. This case has been transferred to federal court in the District of New Jersey. During the period from January through May 2016, eight additional cases were filed in various New Jersey state courts. Most of the firefighters in these cases reside in New Jersey and work or worked at New Jersey fire departments. During December 2016, a case involving one

69

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



New Jersey firefighter was filed in the United States District Court of New Jersey. As of December 31, 2017, a total of 89 firefighters are currently involved in cases filed in New Jersey. On May 2, 2017, plaintiffs filed a motion to consolidate and bifurcate in the pending federal court case in New Jersey. This motion is similar to bifurcation motions filed by plaintiffs in Pittsburgh, Buffalo and Philadelphia. The Court has denied this motion as premature. The parties have filed a petition to consolidate all New Jersey state court cases for pretrial motions seeking dismissalpurposes.
During May through October 2016, nine cases were filed in Suffolk County, Massachusetts state court, naming the Company as a defendant. These cases involve 194 firefighters who lived and worked in the Boston area. During August 2017, plaintiffs filed additional cases in Suffolk County court. The Company has moved to transfer various cases filed in Suffolk county to other counties in Massachusetts where plaintiffs reside and work. As of these cases.December 31, 2017, a total of 218 firefighters are involved in cases filed in Massachusetts.
During August and September 2017, plaintiffs’ attorneys filed additional hearing loss cases in Florida. The Company is the only named defendant. These cases have been filed in several different counties in Florida, including Tampa, Miami and Orlando municipalities. Plaintiffs have agreed to stipulate that they will not seek more than $75,000 in damages in any individual plaintiff case. As of December 31, 2017, a total of 166 firefighters are involved in cases filed in Florida.
From 2007 through 2009, firefighters also brought hearing loss claims against the Company in New Jersey, Missouri, Maryland and Kings County, New York. All of those cases, however, were dismissed prior to trial, including four cases in the Supreme Court of Kings County, New York that were dismissed upon the Company’s motion in 2008. On appeal, the New York appellate court affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of these cases. Plaintiffs’ attorneys have threatened to file additional lawsuits. The Company intends to vigorously defend all of these lawsuits, if filed.
The Company’s ongoing negotiations with its insurer, CNA, over insurance coverage on these claims have resulted in reimbursements of a portion of the Company’s defense costs. These reimbursements are recorded as a reduction of corporate

62

Table of Contents



operating expenses. InFor the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, the Company recorded reimbursements from CNA of $0.3$0.6 million, $0.5$0.2 million and $0.7$0.3 million, respectively, related to legal defense costs.
Latvian Commercial Dispute
On June 12, 2014, a Latvian trial court issued a summary ruling against the Company’s former Bronto Skylift Oy Ab (“Bronto”) subsidiary in a lawsuit relating to a commercial dispute. The dispute involves a transaction for the 2008 sale of three Bronto units that were purchased by a financing company for lease to a Latvian fire department. The lessor and the Latvian fire department sought to rescind the contract after delivery, despite the fact that an independent third party, selected by the lessor, had certified that the vehicles satisfied the terms of the contract. The adverse judgment requiresrequired Bronto to refund the purchase price and pay interest and attorneys’ fees. The trial court denied the lessor’s claim against Bronto for alleged damages relating to lost lease income.
The Company continues to believeBelieving that the claims against Bronto arewere invalid and that Bronto fully satisfied the terms of the subject contract. Accordingly,contract, on July 30,10, 2014, the Company filed an appeal with the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court of Latvia seeking a reversal of the trial court’s ruling. The appeal hearing with the Supreme Court is currently scheduled for April 2016.
As ofAt December 31, 2014,2015, the Company hashad not accrued any liability within its consolidated financial statements for this lawsuit. In evaluating whether a charge to record a reserve was previously necessary, the Company analyzed all of the available information, including the legal reasoning applied by the judge of the trial court in reaching its decision. Based on the Company’s analysis, and consultations with external counsel, the Company has assessed the likelihood of a successful appeal to be more likely than not and therefore doesdid not believe that a probable loss hashad been incurred.
In connection with the eventsale of Bronto to Morita Holdings Corporation (“Morita”), completed in January 2016, the Company and Morita agreed that the Company would remain in control of negotiations and proceedings relating to the appeal and fund the legal costs associated therewith. The Company also agreed to compensate Morita for 50% of any liability resulting from a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, net of any actual income tax benefit to Bronto as a result of the judgment, and less 50% of legal fees incurred by the Company, relating to the defense of this matter, subsequent to the January 29, 2016 closing date of the sale.
In April 2016, the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court of Latvia heard the Company’s appeal and upheld the trial court’s ruling against Bronto. As the Company’s appeal of the initialtrial judgment iswas unsuccessful, or not fully successful, the Company would expect to record a charge that could rangeof $1.3 million was recorded as a component of Gain (loss) from zerodiscontinued operations and disposal, net of tax in the year ended December 31, 2016, to approximately $5 million. This range includes estimatesreflect the Company’s share of interest that will continuethe liability. The Company decided not to accrue throughoutfurther appeal the appeal process.Supreme Court’s ruling and, during the year ended December 31, 2017, settled the liability due to Morita.

70

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



NOTE 1012 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
The Company computes earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share, which requires that non-vested restricted stock containing non-forfeitable dividend rights should be treated as participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the period for common stock and participating securities. The remaining undistributed earnings are then allocated to common stock and participating securities as if all of the net income for the period had been distributed. The amounts of distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 were insignificant and did not materially impact the calculation of basic or diluted EPS.
Basic EPS is computed by dividing income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding for the year.
Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock and non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding for the year, plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the year. The dilutive effect of common stock equivalents is determined using the more dilutive of the two-class method or alternative methods. We use the treasury stock method to determine the potentially dilutive impact of our employee stock options and restricted stock units, and the contingently issuable method for our performance-based restricted stock unit awards.
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, options to purchase 0.50.7 million, 0.91.3 million and 2.30.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, had an anti-dilutive effect on EPS, and accordingly, are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

63

Table of Contents



The following table reconciles net income (loss) to basic and diluted EPS:
(in millions, except per share data)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Income from continuing operations$63.0
 $160.2
 $22.0
$60.5
 $39.4
 $65.8
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.7
 (0.2) (49.5)1.1
 4.4
 (2.3)
Net income (loss)$63.7
 $160.0
 $(27.5)
Net income$61.6
 $43.8
 $63.5
Weighted average shares outstanding — Basic62.7
 62.6
 62.3
59.7
 60.4
 62.2
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents0.9
 0.6
 0.4
0.7
 0.8
 1.2
Weighted average shares outstanding — Diluted63.6
 63.2
 62.7
60.4
 61.2
 63.4
Basic earnings (loss) per share:     
Basic earnings per share:     
Earnings from continuing operations$1.00
 $2.56
 $0.35
$1.01
 $0.65
 $1.06
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.01
 
 (0.79)
Net earnings (loss) per share$1.01
 $2.56
 $(0.44)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:     
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.02
 0.07
 (0.04)
Net earnings per share$1.03
 $0.72
 $1.02
Diluted earnings per share:     
Earnings from continuing operations$0.99
 $2.53
 $0.35
$1.00
 $0.64
 $1.04
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.01
 
 (0.79)
Net earnings (loss) per share$1.00
 $2.53
 $(0.44)
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax0.02
 0.07
 (0.04)
Net earnings per share$1.02
 $0.71
 $1.00
NOTE 1113 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company’s stock compensation plans,plan, approved by the Company’s stockholders and administered by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company provide(the “CBC”), provides for the grant of incentive and non-incentive stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards or units to key employees and directors. The plans, as amended, authorizeplan authorizes the grant of up to 7.8 million shares or units through April 2020.2025. At December 31, 2014,2017, approximately 1.94.9 million shares were available for future issuance under the plans. These share or unit amounts exclude amounts thatplan.
The total compensation expense related to all grants awarded under the plan was $4.6 million, $4.8 million and $6.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The related income tax benefits recognized in earnings were issued under predecessor plans.$1.1 million, $2.2 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Stock Options
Stock options vest equallyratably (i.e. one-third annually) over the three years from the date of the grant. The cost of stock options, based on their fair value at the date of grant, is charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. Stock options normally

71

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



become exercisable at a rate of one-third annually and in full on the third anniversary date. Under the plans,plan, all options and rights must be exercised within ten years from date of grant. At the Company’s discretion, vested stock option holders are permitted to elect an alternative settlement method in lieu of purchasing common stock at the option price. The alternative settlement method permits the employee to receive, without payment to the Company, cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof equal to the excess of market value of common stock over the option purchase price. The Company has historically settled all such options in common stock and intends to continue to do so. Stock options do not have voting or dividend rights until such time that the options are exercised and shares have been issued.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 was $7.16, $4.56$7.00, $4.25 and $2.73,$6.12, respectively.
The fair value of each option grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Dividend yield0.8% % 0.7%1.7% 2.2% 1.5%
Expected volatility57% 59% 59%45% 43% 46%
Risk free interest rate1.9% 1.0% 0.9%2.2% 1.3% 1.5%
Weighted average expected option life in years5.8
 5.8
 5.6
7.5
 5.8
 5.7
The expected life of options represents the weighted average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding giving consideration to vesting schedules and the Company’s historical exercise patterns. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for periods corresponding with the expected life of the options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. Dividend yields are based on historical dividend payments.

64

Table of Contents



The following summarizes stock option activity: 
Option Shares Weighted Average Exercise PriceOption Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price
(in millions)2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015 2017 2016 2015
Outstanding, at beginning of year2.1
 2.3
 2.0
 $8.63
 $8.93
 $10.16
2.6
 2.1
 2.0
 $10.71
 $10.29
 $9.28
Granted0.3
 0.5
 0.6
 14.36
 8.50
 5.52
0.5
 0.7
 0.3
 15.30
 12.69
 16.08
Exercised(0.3) (0.3) 
 7.49
 7.47
 
(0.3) (0.1) (0.1) 10.53
 8.39
 7.34
Canceled or expired(0.1) (0.4) (0.3) 14.33
 10.94
 9.88
(0.5) (0.1) (0.1) 14.10
 15.77
 14.69
Outstanding, at end of year2.0
 2.1
 2.3
 $9.28
 $8.63
 $8.93
2.3
 2.6
 2.1
 $11.08
 $10.71
 $10.29
Exercisable, at end of year1.2
 1.2
 1.3
 $8.64
 $9.85
 $11.22
1.6
 1.6
 1.4
 $9.57
 $8.96
 $8.47
At December 31, 2017, options that have vested and are expected to vest totaled 2.2 million shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $10.91, and represent the sum of 1.6 million vested (or exercisable) options and 0.6 million options that are expected to vest. Options that are expected to vest are derived by applying the pre-vesting forfeiture rate assumption against outstanding, unvested options as of December 31, 2017.
The following table summarizes information for stock options outstanding as of December 31, 20142017 under all plans:
Options Outstanding Options ExercisableOptions Outstanding Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise PricesShares 
Weighted Average
Remaining Life
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Shares 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Shares 
Weighted Average
Remaining Life
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Shares 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
(in millions) (in years)   (in millions)  (in millions) (in years)   (in millions)  
$0.00 — $5.00
 6.7 $4.47
 
 $4.47
5.01 — 10.001.3
 7.1 6.75
 0.8
 6.44
$5.01 — $10.001.0
 4.0 $6.63
 1.0
 $6.63
10.01 — 15.000.5
 7.0 13.08
 0.2
 10.99
0.8
 7.5 13.02
 0.4
 13.30
15.01 — 20.000.2
 1.3 16.46
 0.2
 16.46
0.5
 8.1 16.51
 0.2
 16.09
2.0
 6.6 $9.28
 1.2
 $8.64
2.3
 6.2 $11.08
 1.6
 $9.57
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 20142017 was $8.5 million.$20.8 million and $16.9 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $2.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The related tax benefits were $0.9 million, $0.1 million and $0.2

72

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of stock options was $1.6 million, $0.5 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The total compensation expense related to all stock option compensation plans was $1.7$2.2 million, $1.5$2.1 million and $1.2$2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Also, asAs of December 31, 2014,2017, there was $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.91.7 years.
Restricted Stock
Restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively, “restricted stock”) are granted to employees at no cost. Restricted stock primarily cliff vestsvest at the third anniversary from the date of grant, provided the recipient is still employed by the Company on the vesting date. The cost of restricted stock, based on the fair market value of the underlying shares atdetermined using the closing market price on the date of grant, is charged to expense over the respective vesting periods. Shares associated with non-vested restricted stock awards have the same voting rights as the Company’s common stock and have non-forfeitable rights to dividends. Shares associated with non-vested restricted stock units do not have voting or dividend rights.
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2014:2017:
Number of
Restricted Shares
 
Weighted Average
Price per Share
Number of
Restricted Shares
 
Weighted Average
Price per Share
(in millions)  (in millions)  
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20130.2
 $6.85
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20160.2
 $14.03
Granted0.1
 14.61
0.2
 16.94
Vested
 15.03
(0.1) 15.09
Forfeited
 8.53
(0.1) 15.69
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20140.3
 $8.63
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20170.2
 $15.52
The total grant-date fair value of restricted stock that vested in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
The total compensation expense related to all restricted stock compensation plans was $1.0$1.6 million, $1.1$1.2 million and $0.8$1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012,2015, respectively. Also, asAs of December 31, 2014,2017, there was $0.8$1.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.92.1 years.
Performance Awards
In each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014,2017, the Company granted performance-based restricted stock unit awards (“PSUs”) to certain executives and other non-executive officers. Performance targets associated with PSUs are set

65

Table of Contents



annually and approved by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors.CBC. At the Company’s discretion, actual payment of the awards earned shall be in cash or in common stock of the Company, or in a combination of both. The Company intends to settle all such awards by issuing shares of its common stock. The number of shares of common stock that the Company may issue in connection with these PSUs can range from 0% to 200% of target, depending upon achievement against the performance targets. Shares associated with non-vested PSUs do not have voting or dividend rights until issuance. The Company assesses the probability of vesting, based on expected achievement against these performance targets, on a quarterly basis.
The cost of PSUs, based on their fair market value atdetermined using the closing market price on the date of grant, is charged to expense over the respective vesting periods, which is the three-year period ended December 31, 20142017 for the 20122015 grants, the three-year period ended December 31, 20152018 for the 20132016 grants and the three-year period ended December 31, 20162019 for the 20142017 grants.
The PSUs granted in 20142017 have a two-yearthree-year performance period ending December 31, 2015,2019, in which the Company must achieve a certain cumulative EPS from continuing operations and a certain average return on invested capital (“ROIC”), which are performance conditions per ASC 718, followed by a one-year service requirement (i.e., if718. If earned, these shares would vest in full on December 31, 2016).2019.
The PSUs granted in 2013 and 20122016 have a one-yearthree-year performance period ending December 31, of each year,2018, in which the Company must achieve a certain cumulative EPS from continuing operations followed byand a two-year service requirement.certain average ROIC, which are performance conditions per ASC 718. If earned, these shares would vest on December 31, 2018.

73

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The PSUs granted in 2015 had a three-year performance period ending December 31, 2017, in which a certain cumulative EPS from continuing operations and a certain average ROIC was targeted. The EPS threshold associated with bothand ROIC thresholds during the 2012three-year performance period were not achieved, and 2013 grants was achieved at the maximum level, and 200%none of the target shares were earned.
The total grant-date fair value of PSUs grantedthat vested in 2012 became fully vested onthe years ended December 31, 2014,2017, 2016 and the PSUs granted in 2013 will vest on December 31, 2015 provided that the requisite service requirement is satisfied.was $0.3 million, $3.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
Compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the PSUs in the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015 was $3.4$0.8 million, $1.4$1.5 million and $0.6$3.5 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013,2017, there was $3.6 million and $3.2$2.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to PSUs respectively, that is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 1.7 years and 1.8 years, respectively.approximately 2.0 years.
The following table summarizes PSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2014:2017:
Number of PSUs Weighted Average Price per ShareNumber of PSUs Weighted Average Price per Share
(in millions)  (in millions)  
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20130.5
 $7.05
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20160.4
 $13.91
Granted (a)
0.4
 8.97
0.2
 17.00
Vested(0.5) 5.50

 15.83
Forfeited(a)
 8.47
(0.3) 14.95
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20140.4
 $10.89
Outstanding and non-vested, at December 31, 20170.3
 $15.19
(a)Includes 0.20.1 million PSUs, representing the effect of the PSUs granted in 2012 being earned at 200% of target. The PSUs granted in 2012 vested2015 not meeting the targets over the applicable performance period, which ended on December 31, 2014.2017.
Excess Tax Benefits
For income tax purposes, stock-based compensation expense is deductible in the year of exercise or vesting based on the intrinsic value of the award on the date of exercise or vesting. For financial reporting purposes, stock-based compensation expense is based upon grant-date fair value and amortized over the vesting period. Excess tax benefits represent the excess tax deduction received by the Company resulting from the difference between the stock-based compensation expense deductible for income tax purposes and the stock-based compensation expense recognized for financial reporting purposes. Excess
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09 on January 1, 2016, excess tax benefits arewere recorded to Capital in excess of par value on the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Excess tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 20142015 was $1.6 million. Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, excess tax benefits are recorded as a component of Income tax expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-09, excess tax benefits were $2.2 million, and are presented as a cash outflow from operating activities and as a cash inflow from financing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. ASU 2016-09 requires excess tax benefits from share-based compensation to be included as a component of cash flow from operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow rather than as a component of cash flow from financing activities. As permitted by ASU 2016-09, the Company has applied this change prospectively during the year ended December 31, 2016 and prior periods have not been adjusted to conform to the current-year presentation.
NOTE 1214 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) has the authority to issue 90.0 million shares of common stock at a par value of $1 per share. The holders of common stock (i) may receive dividends subject to all of the rights of the holders of preference stock, (ii) shall be entitled to share ratably upon any liquidation of the Company in the assets of the Company, if any, remaining after payment in full to the holders of preference stock and (iii) receive one vote for each common share held and shall vote together share for share with the holders of voting shares of preference stock as one class for the election of directors and for all other purposes. The Company has 64.2had 66.1 million and 63.865.4 million common shares issued as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,

66

Table of Contents



2016, respectively. Of those amounts, 62.560.0 million and 62.859.6 million common shares were outstanding as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013,2016, respectively.
The Board is also authorized to provide for the issuance of 0.8 million shares of preference stock at a par value of $1 per share. The authority of the Board includes, but is not limited to, the determination of the dividend rate, voting rights, conversion and

74

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



redemption features and liquidation preferences. The Company has not designated or issued any preference stock as of December 31, 2014.2017.
Dividends
In the second quarter of 2014, the Board reinstated the Company’s quarterly cash dividend by declaring a dividend of $0.03 per common share. Similar dividends were also declared and paid in the third and fourth quarters of 2014. In the aggregate, theThe Company declared and paid dividends totaling $5.6$16.8 million, $16.9 million and $15.6 million during 2014.2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
On February 20, 2015,19, 2018, the Board declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.06$0.07 per common share payable on March 27, 201519, 2018 to holders of record at the close of business on March 9, 2015.5, 2018.
Stock Repurchase Program
In April 2014, the Board authorized a stock repurchase program (the “April 2014 program”) of up to $15.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The April 2014 program iswas intended primarily to facilitate a reduction in the investment in Company stock within the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plan portfolio and to reduce dilution resulting from issuances of stock under the Company’s employee equity incentive programs. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 696,263 shares for a total of $10.3 million under the April 2014 program.
In November 2014, the Board authorized an additional stock repurchase program (the “November 2014 program”) of up to $75.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The November 2014 program supplements the prior $15.0 million authorization under the April 2014 program, which remains in effect. The November 2014 program is intended primarily to facilitate opportunistic purchases of Company stock as a means to provide cash returns to stockholders, enhance stockholder returns and manage the Company’s capital structure. There were no
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased 724,792 shares for a total of $10.6 million under the authorized stock repurchase programs. During the second quarter of 2015, cumulative stock repurchases under the April 2014 program reached the maximum authorized level of $15.0 million. No additional stock repurchases will be made under that program.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 2,961,007 shares for a total of $37.8 million under the November 2014 programprogram. No shares were repurchased during the year ended December 31, 2014.2017.
Under theits stock repurchase programs, the Company is authorized to repurchase, from time to time, shares of its outstanding common stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. Stock repurchases by the Company are subject to market conditions and other factors and may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time.

75

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
The following tables summarize the changes in each component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
(in millions) (a)
Actuarial Losses 
Foreign
Currency Translation
 
Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivatives
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2014$(58.1) $16.0
 $0.2
 $(41.9)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(24.6) (15.8) (0.1) (40.5)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss2.9
 
 
 2.9
Net current-period other comprehensive loss(21.7) (15.8) (0.1) (37.6)
Balance at December 31, 2014$(79.8) $0.2
 $0.1
 $(79.5)
(in millions) (a)
Actuarial Losses (b)
 
Foreign
Currency Translation
 
Unrealized
Gain on
Derivatives
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2017$(79.0) $(13.0) $
 $(92.0)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications(2.2) 10.5
 0.8
 9.1
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss5.8
 
 0.2
 6.0
Net current-period other comprehensive income3.6
 10.5
 1.0
 15.1
Balance at December 31, 2017$(75.4) $(2.5) $1.0
 $(76.9)
(in millions) (a)
Actuarial Losses 
Foreign
Currency Translation
 
Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivatives
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2013$(91.0) $10.8
 $0.1
 $(80.1)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications23.9
 4.5
 0.2
 28.6
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss9.0
 0.7
 (0.1) 9.6
Net current-period other comprehensive income32.9
 5.2
 0.1
 38.2
Balance at December 31, 2013$(58.1) $16.0
 $0.2
 $(41.9)
(in millions) (a)
Actuarial Losses (c)
 
Foreign
Currency Translation (d)
 
Unrealized
Gain on
Derivatives
 Total
Balance at January 1, 2016$(75.6) $(13.3) $0.1
 $(88.8)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications(7.8) (7.1) 
 (14.9)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss4.4
 7.4
 (0.1) 11.7
Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income(3.4) 0.3
 (0.1) (3.2)
Balance at December 31, 2016$(79.0) $(13.0) $
 $(92.0)
(a)Amounts in parenthesis indicate debits.losses.

67

Table of Contents



(b)During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified $6.1 million of actuarial losses from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Pension settlement charges on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(c)In connection with the sale of Bronto, the Company recognized an actuarial loss of $0.4 million attributable to Bronto’s defined benefit plan. The loss was included in Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal for the year ended December 31, 2016.
(d)The Company recognized a foreign currency translation loss of $7.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, in connection with the sale of Bronto. The recognition of the translation loss, which represented the cumulative translation effects attributable to the Fire Rescue Group, was included in Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal for the year ended December 31, 2016.
The following table summarizes the amount of actuarial lossesamounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, and the affected line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Components Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statements of Operations Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statements of Operations (a)
2014 2013  2017 2016 
 
(in millions) (a)
  
(in millions) (b)
 
Amortization of actuarial losses of defined benefit pension plans $(5.5) $(8.4) (b) $(3.1) $(6.2) (c)
Amortization of actuarial gains of retiree medical plans 0.2
 
 SEG&A expenses
Recognition of actuarial losses associated with pension settlement (6.1) 
 Pension settlement charges
Interest expense on interest rate swap (0.3) 
 Interest expense
Total before tax (5.3) (8.4)  (9.5) (6.2) 
Income tax (expense) benefit 2.4
 (0.6) Income tax (expense) benefit
Income tax benefit 3.5
 2.2
 Income tax expense
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax $(2.9) $(9.0)  $(6.0) $(4.0) 
(a)Continuing operations only.
(b)Amount in parenthesis indicate debits to profit/loss.
(b)(c)The actuarial loss components of Accumulated other comprehensive loss are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost for the period, as disclosed in Note 79 – Pensions.

76

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



NOTE 1315 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has threetwo operating segments, as defined under ASC Topic 280,Segment Reporting. Theand the Company’s reportable segments are consistent with itsthose operating segments. Business units are organized under each segment because they share certain characteristics, such as technology, marketing, distribution and product application, which create long-term synergies. The principal activities of the Company’s operating segments are as follows:
Environmental Solutions — Our Environmental Solutions Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of a full range of street sweeper vehicles, sewer cleaner and vacuum loader trucks, hydro-excavation trucks and high-performance waterblasting equipment. ProductsThe Group manufactures vehicles and equipment in the U.S. and Canada that are sold to both municipal and industrial customers under the Elgin®, Vactor®, Guzzler®, WestechTM and JetstreamTM® brand names. Products are sold to both municipal and industrial customers either through a dealer network or direct sales to service customers generally depending on the type and geographic location of the customer. The Group manufacturesacquisition of JJE extends the Environmental Solutions Group’s existing sales channel and increases the number of service centers through which its parts, service and rental offerings can be provided to current and potential customers. The acquisition also broadens the Environmental Solutions Group’s product offerings to include other products, such as refuse and recycling collection vehicles, camera systems, ice resurfacing equipment and equipmentsnow-removal equipment.
In addition, as discussed in Note 2 – Acquisitions, on June 2, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of TBEI. TBEI is a leading U.S. manufacturer of dump truck bodies and trailers serving maintenance and infrastructure end-markets. Products are sold to both municipal and industrial customers under the Ox Bodies®, Crysteel®, J-Craft®, Duraclass®, Rugby® and Travis® brand names, either through a dealer network or direct sales to service customers generally depending on the type and geographic location of the customer. The Company expects that the acquisition will enable it to strengthen the Environmental Solutions Group’s market position as a specialty vehicle manufacturer in maintenance and infrastructure end-markets, leveraging its expertise in building chassis-based vehicles.
As discussed in Note 2 – Acquisitions, the assets and liabilities of TBEI have been consolidated into the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017, while the post-acquisition results of operations have been included in the U.S.Consolidated Statements of Operations, within the Environmental Solutions Group, subsequent to the June 2, 2017 closing date. We are in the process of determining the impact, if any, that the TBEI acquisition may have on our reportable segments.
Safety and Security Systems — Our Safety and Security Systems Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of comprehensive systems and products that law enforcement, fire rescue, emergency medical services, campuses, military facilities and industrial sites use to protect people and property. Offerings include systems for campus and community alerting, emergency vehicles, first responder interoperable communications and industrial communications, as well as command and municipal networked security. Specific products include vehicle lightbars and sirens, public warning sirens, general alarm systems, public address systems and public safety software. Products are sold under the Federal SignalTM, Federal Signal VAMATM® and VictorTM ®brand names. The Group operates manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Europe and South Africa.
Fire Rescue — Our Fire Rescue Group is a leading manufacturer and supplier of sophisticated, vehicle-mounted, aerial platforms for fire fighting, rescue and industrial applications. End customers include fire departments, industrial fire services, electric utilities and maintenance rental companies for applications such as fire fighting and rescue, transmission line maintenance and installation and maintenance of wind turbines. In addition to equipment sales, the Group sells parts, service and training as part of a complete offering to its customers. The Group manufactures in Finland and sells globally under the Bronto Skylift® brand name.
Corporate contains those items that are not included in our operating segments.
Net sales by operating segment reflect sales of products and services to external customers, as reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Intersegment sales are insignificant. The Company evaluates performance based on operating income of the respective segment. Operating income includes all revenues, costs and expenses directly related to the segment involved. In determining operating segment income, neither corporate nor interest expenses are included. Operating segment depreciation and amortization expense, identifiable assets and capital expenditures relate to those assets that are utilized by the respective operating segment. Corporate assets consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets and fixed assets. The accounting policies of each operating segment are the same as those described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.
Revenues attributed to customers located outside of the U.S. aggregated $324.8$224.4 million in 2014, $301.12017, $197.7 million in 20132016 and $310.5$191.2 million in 2012,2015, of which sales exported from the U.S. aggregated $152.5$58.0 million, $131.1$88.0 million and $127.9$146.2 million, respectively.

68

Table of Contents



The following tables summarize the Company’s continuing operations by segment, including net sales, operating income, depreciation and amortization, total assets and capital expenditures: 

77

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)

(in millions)2014 2013 2012
Net sales:     
Environmental Solutions$536.6
 $474.0
 $427.8
Safety and Security Systems242.5
 238.9
 240.3
Fire Rescue139.4
 138.4
 135.1
Total net sales$918.5
 $851.3
 $803.2
Operating income:     
Environmental Solutions$81.9
 $58.2
 $42.0
Safety and Security Systems32.1
 26.1
 27.9
Fire Rescue3.9
 9.0
 8.9
Corporate and eliminations(25.3) (22.7) (27.3)
Total operating income92.6
 70.6
 51.5
Interest expense3.8
 8.8
 21.4
Debt settlement charges
 8.7
 3.5
Other expense, net1.5
 0.1
 0.7
Income before income taxes$87.3
 $53.0
 $25.9


(in millions)2014 2013 2012
Depreciation and amortization:     
Environmental Solutions$6.8
 $6.1
 $5.4
Safety and Security Systems4.5
 4.2
 4.3
Fire Rescue3.5
 3.2
 2.6
Corporate0.2
 0.7
 0.9
Total depreciation and amortization$15.0
 $14.2
 $13.2
(in millions)2017 2016 2015
Net sales:     
Environmental Solutions$692.6
 $490.7
 $534.1
Safety and Security Systems205.9
 217.2
 233.9
Total net sales$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0
Operating income:     
Environmental Solutions$72.4
 $54.1
 $96.9
Safety and Security Systems27.0
 27.0
 32.3
Corporate and eliminations (a)
(32.3) (23.4) (26.0)
Total operating income67.1
 57.7
 103.2
Interest expense7.3
 1.9
 2.3
Debt settlement charges
 0.3
 
Other (income) expense, net(1.2) (1.3) 1.0
Income before income taxes$61.0
 $56.8
 $99.9
(a)Corporate operating expenses in the year ended December 31, 2017 include pension settlement charges of $6.1 million, as disclosed in Note 9 – Pensions.
(in millions)2017 2016 2015
Depreciation and amortization:     
Environmental Solutions$25.7
 $14.5
 $7.3
Safety and Security Systems4.1
 4.4
 4.8
Corporate0.2
 0.2
 0.2
Total depreciation and amortization$30.0
 $19.1
 $12.3
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Total assets:          
Environmental Solutions$254.2
 $236.0
 $237.5
$746.4
 $393.3
 $250.6
Safety and Security Systems208.3
 213.4
 209.5
211.8
 200.1
 209.6
Fire Rescue124.0
 116.4
 122.5
Corporate and eliminations68.0
 73.6
 41.7
33.6
 48.7
 99.2
Total assets of continuing operations654.5
 639.4
 611.2
991.8
 642.1
 559.4
Total assets of discontinued operations4.2
 5.4
 2.0
0.5
 1.1
 107.1
Total assets$658.7
 $644.8
 $613.2
$992.3
 $643.2
 $666.5
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Capital expenditures:          
Environmental Solutions$6.2
 $4.5
 $6.4
$5.2
 $3.7
 $4.5
Safety and Security Systems6.3
 5.4
 2.7
2.2
 1.8
 3.9
Fire Rescue5.8
 5.4
 3.1
Corporate1.2
 1.7
 0.8
0.6
 0.6
 1.2
Total capital expenditures$19.5
 $17.0
 $13.0
$8.0
 $6.1
 $9.6

69

Table of Contents



The following table summarizes net sales by geographic region based on the location of the end customer:
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Net sales:          
U.S.$593.7
 $550.2
 $492.7
$674.1
 $510.2
 $576.8
Canada142.6
 111.5
 75.9
Europe/Other257.7
 244.6
 259.0
81.8
 86.2
 115.3
Canada67.1
 56.5
 51.5
Total net sales$918.5
 $851.3
 $803.2
$898.5
 $707.9
 $768.0

78

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The following table summarizes long-lived assets (excluding deferred tax and intangible assets) by geographic region based on the location of the Company’s subsidiaries:
(in millions)2014 2013 20122017 2016 2015
Long-lived assets (excluding deferred tax and intangible assets):          
U.S.$53.5
 $46.1
 $54.5
$97.0
 $78.7
 $53.3
Canada52.3
 46.1
 
Europe19.3
 21.9
 16.8
3.1
 2.5
 2.6
Other0.4
 0.4
 0.5
0.3
 0.3
 0.3
Total long-lived assets$73.2
 $68.4
 $71.8
$152.7
 $127.6
 $56.2
NOTE 14 —16 – RESTRUCTURING
2013 PlanThe Company continues to review its businesses for opportunities to reduce operating expenses and focus on executing its strategy based on core competencies and cost efficiencies.
During the fourth quarter of 2013,year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded expenses of $1.2$0.6 million, primarily related to the closure of a manufacturing facility which was completed during the year within the Safety and $0.3Security Systems Group.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded expenses of $1.7 million related to severance costs incurred in connection with the completion of a cost reduction plan within the Safety and Security Systems Group and Corporate, respectively.Group.
2012 Plan
DuringThe following tables summarize the first quarter of 2012, the Company recorded expenses of $0.9 million related to severance costschanges in the Safety and Security Systems Group. These actions were completed in the fourth quarter of 2013.
During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company recorded an additional $0.6 million related to severance costs within corporate expense. Based upon further developments, it was determined during the second quarter of 2013 that these costs were not required and the $0.6 million charge was reversed.
RestructuringCompany’s restructuring reserves, which are included within Other current liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. TheSheets:
following table summarizes
 2017 2016
Balance at January 1$0.4
 $
Charge to expense0.6
 1.7
Cash payments(0.7) (1.3)
Balance at December 31$0.3
 $0.4
NOTE 17 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company uses a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs are developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions about valuation based on the best information available in the circumstances. The three levels of inputs are classified as follows:
Level 1 — quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 — observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and
Level 3 — unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.
In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. The valuation methodologies used for the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value and their classification in the valuation hierarchy are summarized below:
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents primarily consist of time-based deposits and interest-bearing instruments with maturities of three months or less. The Company classified cash equivalents as Level 1 due to the short-term nature of these instruments and measured the fair value based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

79

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



Interest Rate Swap
As described in Note 7 – Debt, the Company entered into an interest rate swap as a means of fixing the floating interest rate component on a portion of its floating-rate debt. The Company classified the interest rate swap as Level 2 due to the use of a discounted cash flow model based on the terms of the contract and the interest rate curve (Level 2 inputs) to calculate the fair value of the swap.
Contingent Consideration
The Company has a contingent obligation to transfer cash to the former owners of JJE if specified financial results are met over future reporting periods (i.e., an earn-out). Liabilities for contingent consideration are measured at fair value each reporting period, with the acquisition-date fair value included as part of the consideration transferred. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded as a component of Acquisition and integration-related expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company uses an income approach to value the contingent consideration obligation based on future financial performance, which is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows. Due to the lack of relevant observable market data over fair value inputs, the Company has classified the contingent consideration liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy outlined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. Increases in the expected payout under a contingent consideration arrangement contribute to increases in the fair value of the related liability. Conversely, decreases in the expected payout under a contingent consideration arrangement contribute to decreases in the fair value of the related liability. Changes in assumptions could have an impact on the fair value of the contingent consideration, which has a maximum payout of C$10.0 million (approximately $8.0 million).
The following tables summarize the Company’s restructuring reserves:assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
(in millions)
Severance
(2012 Plan)
 
Severance
(2013 Plan)
 Total
Balance at December 31, 2012$1.0
 $
 $1.0
Charges to restructuring expenses
 1.5
 1.5
Adjustments(0.8) 
 (0.8)
Cash payments(0.2) 
 (0.2)
Balance at December 31, 2013$
 1.5
 1.5
Cash payments  (1.4) (1.4)
Balance at December 31, 2014  $0.1
 $0.1
 Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2017 Using
(in millions)Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:       
Cash equivalents$14.4
 $
 $
 $14.4
Interest rate swap
 1.6
 
 1.6
Liabilities:       
Contingent consideration
 
 6.3
 6.3
 Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2016 Using
(in millions)Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Assets:       
Cash equivalents$30.6
 $
 $
 $30.6
Liabilities:       
Contingent consideration
 
 5.1
 5.1
The following table provides a roll-forward of the fair value of recurring Level 3 fair value measurements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
(in millions)Year Ended December 31, 2017 Year Ended December 31, 2016
Contingent consideration liability, at beginning of period$5.1
 $
Issuance of contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions
 4.9
Foreign currency translation0.4
 (0.2)
Total losses included in earnings (a)
0.8
 0.4
Contingent consideration liability, at end of period$6.3
 $5.1
(a)Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities are included as a component of Acquisition and integration-related expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

80

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



NOTE 1518 — DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
There were no new discontinued operations in 2014 or 2013.
ForIn the year ended December 31, 2014,2017, the Company recorded a net gain from discontinued operations and disposal of $0.7 million. The gain$1.1 million, primarily relateddue to an adjustment of foreign tax credits associated with the sale of the Fire Rescue Group and adjustments of estimated product liability obligations of previously discontinued businesses, resulting from updated actuarial valuations.
ForIn the year ended December 31, 2013,2016, the Company recorded a net lossesgain from discontinued operations and disposal of $0.2 million. The losses$4.4 million, primarily included expenses associated with special termination benefits provided to certain employeesdriven by the $4.2 million net gain on disposal of the former FSTechFire Rescue Group, which was discontinued in 2015, partially offset by the $0.6 million net loss that were retainedthe Fire Rescue Group realized in its 2016 operations up to assistthe January 29, 2016 sale completion date. The net gain on disposal includes a $1.3 million charge to recognize a liability in connection with transition services witha Latvian commercial dispute. Also contributing to the acquirer. Upon conclusion of these

70

Table of Contents



transition services, management initiatednet gain in 2016 was a voluntary separation plan (“VSP”), which resultedreduction in expenseuncertain tax position reserves of approximately $0.6$1.0 million, being recognized inas well as adjustments of estimated product liability obligations of previously discontinued businesses, resulting from updated actuarial valuations.
In the year ended December 31, 2013 when2015, the employees accepted the terms of the VSP. TheCompany recorded a net loss from discontinued operations and disposal forof $2.3 million. The net loss was primarily driven by tax expense associated with recording a net deferred tax liability of $6.3 million, partially offset by net income generated by the year ended December 31, 2013 also includes certain adjustments relating to assetsFire Rescue Group, and the receipt of other previously discontinued operations.$4.0 million from the escrow associated with the 2012 sale of FSTech.
The following table summarizes the operating resultsactivity of the Company’s discontinued operations:
(in millions)2012
Federal Signal Technologies: 
Net sales$87.0
Interest allocated to discontinued operations4.8
Other costs and expenses100.6
Loss before income taxes(18.4)
Income tax benefit3.6
Loss from discontinued operations$(14.8)
On June 21, 2012, the Company announced that it had signed a definitive agreement to sell the FSTech Group for $110.0 million, subject to working capital adjustments. In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Company met held for sale criteria during the second quarter of 2012 and the FSTech Group was reported as a discontinued operationoperations in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements. In accordance with ASC 360-10, net assets held for sale with a carrying value of $121.1 million were written down to fair value less cost to sell or $97.6 million (fair value of $101.0 million and costs to sell of $3.4 million). This write-down resulted in a $23.5 million loss for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The valuation methodology for the net assets held for sale was based upon a contract price which is an observable input (Level 2).
On September 4, 2012, the Company completed the dispositioneach of the assetsyears ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is described further below:
FSTech
In connection with the sale of the FSTech Group for $110.0 million in cash, subject to working capital adjustments in favor of the buyer of $5.9 million. The Company received $82.1 million in cash at closing and the remaining2012, $22.0 million was placed into escrow as security for indemnification obligations provided by the Company pursuant to the sale agreement. Additionally, in the third quarter of 2012, the Company recognized an additional loss related to a change in its estimate of total proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts of $5.0 million, an increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group through the date of divestiture of $0.8 million and additional costs to sell of approximately $0.5 million. The working capital adjustment, the additional loss related to the change in estimated proceeds to be received from escrowed amounts, the increase in the carrying value of the FSTech Group and the additional costs to sell resulted in an additional loss of $12.2 million for the third quarter of 2012. The Company recorded a total loss of $34.7 million on disposal for the year ended December 31, 2012.
A significant portion of the escrow identified for general indemnification obligations was held for a period of 18 months following the sale date with the remaining general escrow funds to be held for 36 months following the sale date.
During the year ended December 31,In 2014, the Company received $7.4 million from the escrow identified for general indemnification obligations, which representsobligations. In 2015, the full settlementCompany received the remaining general escrow funds of that$4.0 million and recorded this income as a component of the escrow. The net carrying amount of the escrow receivable, classified in other current assets, was $7.8 million at December 31, 2013. A loss of $0.4 million was recorded within gainGain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net of tax expense of $1.5 million, within its Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 upon settling a claim from the buyer.
If and when any additional2015. There are no amounts are received from the remaining generalin escrow funds, which totaled $4.0 million atas of December 31, 2014,2017.
Fire Rescue Group
On January 29, 2016, the Company may recognizecompleted the sale of Bronto to Morita, initially receiving proceeds of €76.0 million in cash at closing (approximately $82.3 million), with an adjustmentadditional €5.1 million in cash (approximately $5.7 million) being received in connection with the payment of the final working capital and net debt adjustments in the second quarter of 2016.
Prior to sale, Bronto was the only remaining operation in the Company’s Fire Rescue Group, which was previously identified as an operating segment of the Company as defined under ASC 280. Upon completion of the transaction, the Company will no longer operate the Fire Rescue Group, which the Company considers a significant strategic shift in the Company’s operations, and as such, the Fire Rescue Group is being presented as a discontinued operation in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Under the terms of the sale, the Company and Morita agreed that the Company will remain in control of negotiations and proceedings relating to the gainappeal of the ruling issued in the Latvian commercial dispute, discussed further in Note 11 – Legal Proceedings, and also fund the legal costs associated therewith. The Company also agreed to compensate Morita for 50% of any liability resulting from a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, net of any actual income tax benefit to Bronto as a result of the judgment, and less 50% of legal fees incurred by the Company between the January 29, 2016 date of sale and the date of receiving such non-appealable decision. The Company’s appeal of the initial judgment, heard in April 2016, was unsuccessful, and a charge of $1.3 million was recorded as a component of Gain (loss) from discontinued operations within its consolidated financial statements.and disposal, net of tax in the year ended December 31, 2016 to reflect the Company’s share of the liability. The Company decided not to further appeal the Supreme Court’s ruling and, during the the year ended December 31, 2017, settled the liability due to Morita.
In accordanceAfter recognition of the accumulated foreign currency translation loss attributable to the Fire Rescue Group, as described in Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity, the actuarial losses described in Note 9 – Pensions, the $1.3 million liability recorded in connection with ASC 205-20-45-6, Allocationthe Latvian commercial dispute, as well as $4.6 million of Interest to Discontinued Operations,net income tax expense, the Company has allocated interestrecognized a

81

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



net gain of $4.2 million on debt that is required to be repaid as a resultdisposal of a disposal transaction to discontinued operations. the Fire Rescue Group upon completion of the sale in the year ended December 31, 2016.
The consolidated financial statements for all periods presented have been recast to presentfollowing table presents the operating results of the FSTechCompany’s discontinued Fire Rescue Group for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017:
(in millions)
2016 (a)
 2015
Net sales$4.2
 $100.0
Cost of sales3.9
 80.8
Gross profit0.3
 19.2
Selling, engineering, general and administrative expenses1.1
 17.1
Restructuring
 0.8
Operating (loss) income(0.8) 1.3
Other income, net
 (0.2)
(Loss) income before income taxes(0.8) 1.5
Income tax (benefit) expense(0.2) 0.3
Net (loss) income from operations$(0.6) $1.2
(a)Only includes activity in the period up to the completion of the sale on January 29, 2016.
Assets and previously divested or exited businessesliabilities of discontinued operations
The following table presents the assets and liabilities of the Company’s discontinued operations, which include the Fire Rescue Group, as well as other operations discontinued operations.in prior periods, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 2017 2016
(in millions)Fire Rescue Other Total Fire Rescue Other Total
Deferred tax assets$
 $0.5
 $0.5
 $
 $1.1
 $1.1
Long-term assets of discontinued operations$
 $0.5
 $0.5
 $
 $1.1
 $1.1
            
Accrued liabilities:           
Other current liabilities$
 $0.5
 $0.5
 $1.3
 $0.8
 $2.1
Current liabilities of discontinued operations$
 $0.5
 $0.5
 $1.3
 $0.8
 $2.1
            
Other long-term liabilities$
 $1.5
 $1.5
 $
 $2.0
 $2.0
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations$
 $1.5
 $1.5
 $
 $2.0
 $2.0
The Company retains certain liabilities for other operations discontinued operationsin prior to January 1, 2011,periods, primarily for environmental remediation and product liability. Included in liabilities of discontinued operations at December 31, 20142017 and 20132016 is $1.3$0.5 million and $1.4$0.6 million, respectively, related to environmental remediation at the Pearland, Texas facility, and $3.0$1.4 million and $3.6$1.8 million, respectively, relating to estimated product liability obligations of the discontinued North American refuse truck body business.

71

Table of Contents



NOTE 1619 — NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS (ISSUED BUT NOT YET ADOPTED)
In February 2013,May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405), Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date. This update provides guidance for the recognition, measurement and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this update is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing U.S. GAAP. The guidance requires an entity to measure those obligations as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Retrospective presentation for all comparative periods presented is required. The Company’s adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2014 did not have an impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830), Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity. This guidance clarifies the release of the cumulative translation adjustment into net income when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity. The new requirements are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company’s adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2014 did not have an impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. This update clarifies that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The new requirements are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2013, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company’s adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2014 did not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
In September 2013, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) released final tangible property regulations under Sections 162(a) and 263(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”“FASB”), regarding the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. The final regulations replaced temporary regulations that were issued in December 2011. The IRS also released proposed regulations under Section 168 of the Code regarding dispositions of tangible property. These final and proposed regulations are effective for the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. The Company’s adoption of the regulations on January 1, 2014 did not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This update revises the required criteria for reporting disposals as discontinued operations, whereby such disposals must represent strategic shifts that had (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. The guidance also requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations, including expanded disclosure of any significant ongoing involvement. The new requirements are effective prospectively for all disposals that occur within fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company continues to review the requirements, but does not believe there will be a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flow when they are adopted.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition.Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flowflows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ThisThe ASU allows either a “full retrospective” adoption, in which the standard is applied to all periods presented in the financial statements, or a “modified retrospective” adoption, in which the guidance is applied retrospectively only to the most current period presented in the financial statements, with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard being recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application. As originally

82

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



proposed, this guidance iswas effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and early adoption was not permitted. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of the new revenue recognition requirements to annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Under ASU 2015-14, companies are permitted to adopt the guidance early, but no earlier than the original effective date outlined in ASU 2014-09. The FASB has issued a number of amendments to ASU 2014-09 that are intended to address implementation issues that were raised by stakeholders and provide additional practical expedients to reduce the cost and complexity of applying the new revenue standard. These amendments have the same effective date as ASU 2014-09.
The Company adopted the new revenue standard effective January 1, 2018, following the “modified retrospective” method of adoption. In preparation for the adoption of the new standard, the Company established a project management team that was responsible for analyzing the impact of ASU 2014-09, and the related amendments, across all revenue streams. The project management team reviewed current accounting policies and practices, including a representative sample of contracts with customers, to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements under the new standard. The Company’s revenue is primarily generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single delivery element and revenue is recognized at a single point in time when ownership, risks and benefits transfer. The timing of revenue recognition for these transactions was not significantly impacted by the new standard. Based on the implementation analysis performed, the Company has concluded that the adoption of the revised guidance will not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. While the impact of adoption will not be material, the Company expects to disclose the following adoption impacts in its Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018: (i) a reduction in net sales of less than 1% within the Environmental Solutions Group segment based on a revised “Principal vs. Agent” analysis resulting in a change from gross to net presentation, with a corresponding reduction in cost of sales, and (ii) presentation of a right of return asset and a refund liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, primarily related to parts and safety product sales for which a right of return exists, which is expected to increase current assets and current liabilities by less than 1%. The Company has also designed, and is in the process of implementing, the appropriate controls over gathering the information required to support the expanded disclosure requirements. The Company will provide these expanded revenue recognition disclosures based on the new qualitative and quantitative disclosure requirements of the standard in its Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 2018.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requiresorganizations that are lessees in operating leases to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and requires disclosure of key qualitative and quantitative information about leasing agreements by both lessors and lessees. For a lease to meet the requirements for accounting under a sale-leaseback transaction, it must meet the criteria for a sale in ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Entities are required to recognize and measure operating leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company currently expects to adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2019. In preparation for the adoption of the new standard, the Company has established a project management team responsible for analyzing the impact of ASU 2016-02. The project management team is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments, which provides additional guidance on the financial statement presentation of certain activities in the statement of cash flows. The activities addressed by this guidance that may be relevant to the Company include cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims and proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, and the application of the predominance principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in this ASU should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. If it is impracticable to apply the amendments retrospectively for some of the issues, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018 and concluded that it did not have a material impact on its historical cash flow presentation.
In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. This guidance requires the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory to be recognized when the transfer occurs, instead of when the asset is sold to an outside party. The pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting

83

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



periods, with early adoption permitted. The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective basis, with an adjustment reflecting the cumulative effect of adoption being recorded directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018 and concluded that it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step of the two-step quantitative approach for testing goodwill for potential impairment. An entity will therefore perform the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 on a prospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018, and will apply the revised guidance prospectively to its future goodwill impairment tests.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Compensation Retirement Benefits (Topic 715), Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This guidance requires that only the service cost component be included on the same line as other compensation costs on the statements of operations. All other components of net periodic pension cost should be reported separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of operating income. The guidance also specifies that only the service cost component of net periodic pension cost is eligible for capitalization. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments related to the presentation of the service cost and other components of net periodic pension cost included in this ASU should be applied retrospectively, whereas the amendments relating to the capitalization of the service cost component of net periodic pension cost should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018. Although the retroactive application of requirements relating to the presentation of the service cost and other components of net periodic pension cost will have no overall impact on the Company’s Income before income taxes or Income from continuing operations in either of the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016, Operating income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 is expected to increase by $6.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, with Other (income) expense, net for the respective periods expected to decrease by the same amount.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which intends to better align risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and presentation of hedge results. The amendments also make certain targeted improvements to simplify the application of the hedge accounting guidance by easing certain documentation and assessment requirements. ASU 2017-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this ASU should be applied on a modified retrospective or prospective basis, depending on the area covered by the update. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2018 and concluded that it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220):Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, that permits entities to reclassify tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of the 2017 Tax Act to retained earnings. ASU 2018-12 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this ASU may be applied retrospectively or in the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ofthat the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
No other new accounting pronouncements issued, or effective during 2014 have had orbut not yet adopted, are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flow.

72

Table of Contents



NOTE 1720 — SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
The Company reports its interim quarterly periods on a 13-week basis ending on a Saturday with the fiscal year ending on December 31. The effects of this practice are not material and exist only within a reporting year. For convenience purposes,ease of presentation, the Company uses “March 31,” “June 30,” “September 30” and “December 31” to refer to its results of operations for the quarterly periods then ended. In 2014,2017, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended March 29, June 28,April 1, July 1, September 2730 and December 31. In 2013,2016, the Company’s interim quarterly periods ended March 30, June 29, September 28April 2, July 2, October 1 and December 31, respectively.31.

84

FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)



The following table summarizes the quarterly results of operations, including incomeearnings per share:
20142017
(in millions, except per share data)March 31 June 30 September 30 
December 31(a)
March 31(a)
 
June 30(b)
 
September 30(c)
 
December 31(d)
Net sales$200.2
 $234.6
 $219.3
 $264.4
$177.8
 $224.4
 $248.7
 $247.6
Gross profit46.8
 58.9
 58.4
 69.2
43.6
 54.7
 61.3
 61.6
       
Income from continuing operations7.6
 17.0
 15.2
 23.2
7.2
 11.5
 12.5
 29.3
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net(0.2) 0.1
 0.2
 0.6
0.1
 (0.1) 
 1.1
Net income7.4
 17.1
 15.4
 23.8
$7.3
 $11.4
 $12.5
 $30.4
Diluted earnings per share:              
Earnings from continuing operations$0.12
 $0.27
 $0.24
 $0.36
$0.12
 $0.19
 $0.21
 $0.48
Earnings from discontinued operations
 
 
 0.01
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations0.00
 0.00
 
 0.02
Net earnings per share$0.12
 $0.27
 $0.24
 $0.37
$0.12
 $0.19
 $0.21
 $0.50
(a)Income from continuing operations includes a tax benefitpurchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring charges and executive severance costs of $3.5$0.5 million, relating to the release of valuation allowance previously recorded against the Company’s foreign deferred tax assets.
 2013
 (in millions, except per share data)
March 31(a)
 
June 30 (b)
 September 30 
December 31(c)
Net sales$199.8
 $222.6
 $209.3
 $219.6
Gross profit46.8
 51.8
 50.5
 56.0
Income (loss) from continuing operations(1.1) 117.8
 16.8
 26.7
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net0.5
 (0.3) (0.8) 0.4
Net (loss) income(0.6) 117.5
 16.0
 27.1
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:       
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations$(0.02) $1.87
 $0.26
 $0.42
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations0.01
 
 (0.01) 
Net earnings (loss) per share$(0.01) $1.87
 $0.25
 $0.42
(a)(Loss) from continuing operations includes $8.7$0.5 million, of debt settlement charges associated with the Company's debt refinancing in March 2013.$0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
(b)Income from continuing operations includes $102.4purchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses, and restructuring charges of $2.5 million, of valuation allowance release$1.0 million and income of $0.6$0.1 million, associated with restructuring activity.respectively.
(c)Income from continuing operations includes a tax benefitpurchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses, and restructuring charges of $6.7$1.3 million, associated with the release of valuation allowance previously recorded against the Company’s foreign tax credits, which would have begun to expire in 2015, following the completion of a tax planning strategy,$0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as well as $0.6 million of tax expense associated with a change in the enacted state tax rate in Illinois.
(d)Income from continuing operations includes purchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring charges, pension settlement charges and hearing loss settlement charges of $0.5 million, $0.5 million, $0.1 million, $6.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, as well as a $20.8 million net benefit from special tax items, primarily represented by the Company’s preliminary estimate of the impact of the 2017 Tax Act, including the effect of the reduction in the corporate tax rate in the U.S.
 
2016(a)
(in millions, except per share data)
March 31(b)
 
June 30(c)
 
September 30(d)
 
December 31(e)
Net sales$172.8
 $172.3
 $186.7
 $176.1
Gross profit47.4
 45.0
 45.3
 45.4
        
Income from continuing operations10.4
 9.4
 7.5
 12.1
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations and disposal, net3.2
 (0.3) 1.0
 0.5
Net income$13.6
 $9.1
 $8.5
 $12.6
Diluted earnings per share:       
Earnings from continuing operations$0.17
 $0.15
 $0.12
 $0.20
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations0.05
 0.00
 0.02
 0.01
Net earnings per share$0.22
 $0.15
 $0.14
 $0.21
(a)The adoption of ASU 2016-09 in the fourth quarter of 2016 did not impact the previously-reported quarterly results for 2016.
(b)Income from continuing operations includes acquisition and integration-related expenses, restructuring charges and debt settlement charges of $0.5 million, $1.2 million of restructuring charges.and $0.3 million, respectively.
(c)Income from continuing operations includes purchase accounting expenses and acquisition and integration-related expenses of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
(d)Income from continuing operations includes purchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses and restructuring charges of $2.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
(e)Income from continuing operations includes purchase accounting expenses, acquisition and integration-related expenses and restructuring charges of $0.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, as well as a $2.2 million net benefit resulting from changes in deferred tax valuation allowances in Canada and the U.K.

7385

Table of Contents



Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
(a)Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2014.2017.
Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014.2017.
(b)Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2014,2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.
During 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of TBEI, as discussed in Note 2 – Acquisitions. Management has excluded TBEI’s internal controls over financial reporting from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. TBEI’s net sales and total assets (excluding TBEI goodwill and intangible assets which were integrated into the Company’s control environment) each represent approximately 12% of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2017.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued its report, included herein, on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. See “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” under Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K.
(c)Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
From time to time, the Company may make changes aimed at enhancing the effectiveness of the controls and to ensure that the systems evolve with the business. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.  Other Information.
On March 2, 2015,February 28, 2018, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, the2017. The presentation slides for the 20142017 fourth quarter earnings call were also posted on the Company’s website at that time. The full text of the press release and earnings presentation is included as Exhibits 99.1 and 99.2, respectively, to this Form 10-K.

7486

Table of Contents



PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
A list of our executive officers and biographical information appears in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-K. Information regarding directors and nominees for directors is set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 20152018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth in the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding the (i) Audit Committee, (ii) Nominating and Governance Committee and (iii) Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors is set forth in the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the caption “Information Concerning the Board of Directors”Board” and is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics and the Company’s corporate governance policies are posted on the Company’s website at www.federalsignal.com. The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure requirements regarding amendments to or waivers from its code of ethics by posting such information on this website. The charters of the (i) Audit Committee, (ii) Nominating and Governance Committee and (iii) Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors are available on the Company’s website and are also available in print free of charge.
Item 11.  Executive Compensation.
The information contained under the captions “Information Concerning the Board of Directors,”Board”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,”Participation”, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,”Analysis”, “Compensation and Benefits Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” of the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Information regarding security ownership of (i) certain beneficial owners, (ii) all directors and nominees, (iii) named executive officers and (iv) directors and executive officers as a group is set forth in the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the caption “Ownership of Our Common Stock” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information regarding our equity compensation plans is set forth in the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Information regarding certain relationships is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the headings “Information Concerning the Board of Directors”Board” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Information regarding principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference from the Company’s 20152018 definitive proxy statement under the heading “Accounting Fees.“Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services.

7587

Table of Contents



PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
1.Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and the “Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained under Item 8 of Part II this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference:
(a)Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012;2015;
(b)Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012;2015;
(c)Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20142017 and 2013;2016;
(d)Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012;2015;
(e)Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 2012;2015; and
(f)Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2.Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts of the Company for the three years ended December 31, 20142017 is filed as a part of this Annual Report in response to Item 15(a)(2):
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore, have been omitted.
3.Exhibits
See Exhibit Index.
Item 16.    Form 10-K Summary.
None.

7688

Table of Contents



SCHEDULE II
FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (a)
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 20132017, 2016 and 20122015
(in millions)
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
 
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 
Deductions
Accounts
Written off
Net of
Recoveries
 
Balance
at End
of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts:     �� 
Year Ended December 31, 2014$2.3
 $0.3
 $(1.3) $1.3
Year Ended December 31, 20132.4
 
 (0.1) 2.3
Year Ended December 31, 20122.4
 0.6
 (0.6) 2.4
Income tax valuation allowances:       
Year Ended December 31, 2014$9.8
 $
 $(6.0) $3.8
Year Ended December 31, 2013131.8
 2.5
 (124.5) 9.8
Year Ended December 31, 2012123.9
 17.3
 (9.4) 131.8
   Additions    
(in millions)
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
 
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 
Charged to
Other
Accounts (b) (c)
 
Deductions(d)
 
Balance
at End
of Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts:         
Year Ended December 31, 2017$0.8
 $0.6
 $
 $(0.3) $1.1
Year Ended December 31, 20160.8
 0.4
 
 (0.4) 0.8
Year Ended December 31, 20150.7
 0.6
 
 (0.5) 0.8
Income tax valuation allowances:         
Year Ended December 31, 2017$7.7
 $2.2
 $1.2
 $(0.5) $10.6
Year Ended December 31, 20165.9
 1.4
 0.5
 (0.1) 7.7
Year Ended December 31, 20153.8
 2.1
 
 
 5.9
(a)Relates to continuing operations only.
(b)The $1.2 million reflected in the year ended December 31, 2017 represents amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and other adjustments, such as the recognition of additional valuation allowance associated with the revaluation of state deferred tax assets as a result of the 2017 Tax Act, that had no net impact on Income tax expense during the year.
(c)The $0.5 million reflected in the year ended December 31, 2016 represents amounts reclassified from discontinued operations during the year.
(d)Represents amounts written off, net of related recoveries.

7789

Table of Contents



EXHIBIT INDEX
The following exhibits, other than those incorporated by reference, have been included in the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
3.a.
b.
10.
a. *
b. *
c. *
d. *
e. *
f. *
g. *
h. *
i. *
j. *
k. *
l. *
m. *
n. *
o. *
p. *
q. *
r. *
s. *
t. *
u. *
v. *
w. *

90

Table of Contents



x. *
y. *
z. *
aa. *
bb. *
cc. *
dd. *
ee. *
ff. *
gg. *
hh. *
ii.
jj. *
kk. *
ll. *
mm.
nn.
oo.
pp. *
qq. *
rr.
ss. *

91

Table of Contents



tt. *
uu. *
vv.
ww.
xx. *
yy. *
zz. *
aaa. *
bbb. *
ccc. *
ddd. *
eee. *
fff. *
14.
21.
23.
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
99.1
99.2
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.




92

Table of Contents



Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
FEDERAL SIGNAL CORPORATION
  
By:/s/    Dennis J MartinJennifer L. Sherman
 Dennis J. MartinJennifer L. Sherman
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 2, 2015February 28, 2018
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated, as of March 2, 2015.February 28, 2018.
/s/    Dennis J. MartinJennifer L. Sherman 
President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Dennis J. Martin
/s/    Brian S. Cooper
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Brian S. CooperJennifer L. Sherman 
   
/s/    Ian A. Hudson 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Ian A. Hudson
/s/    Dennis J. MartinChairman and Director
Dennis J. Martin 
   
/s/    James E. Goodwin Chairman and Director
James E. Goodwin  
   
/s/    Paul W. Jones Director
Paul W. Jones  
   
/s/    Bonnie C. Lind Director
Bonnie C. Lind  
   
/s/    Richard R. Mudge Director
Richard R. Mudge  
   
/s/    William F. Owens Director
William F. Owens  
   
/s/    Brenda L. Reichelderfer Director
Brenda L. Reichelderfer  
   
/s/    John L. Workman Director
John L. Workman  

78

Table of Contents


93

EXHIBIT INDEX
The following exhibits, other than those incorporated by reference, have been included in the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company shall furnish copies of these exhibits upon written request to the Corporate Secretary at the address given on the cover page.
3.a.Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 30, 2010.
b.Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.
10.
a. *Supplemental Pension Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
b. *Executive Disability, Survivor and Retirement Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.D to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
c. *Savings Restoration Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.FF to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
d. *First Amendment of the Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.MM to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
e. *Second Amendment to Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.NN to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
f. *Third Amendment to Federal Signal Corporation Savings Restoration Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.OO to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
g. *Executive General Severance Plan, as amended and restated August 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012.
h. *Form of 2008 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement (Tier 1) with certain executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.HH to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
i. *Form of 2008 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement (Tier 2) with certain executive officers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.II to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
j. *Form of 2010 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with certain executive officers (Tier 1). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
k. *Form of 2010 Executive Change-In-Control Severance Agreement with certain executive officers (Tier 2). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
l. *2005 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (2010 Restatement). Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy statement filed on Schedule 14A filed March 25, 2010.
m. *Federal Signal Corporation Executive Incentive Performance Plan, as amended and restated. Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on Schedule 14A filed March 25, 2010.
n.Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified on the signature pages thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 25, 2012.
o.Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 3, 2012, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified therein, in favor of 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, and one or more subsidiaries of 3M Company identified therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 7, 2012.
p.Amendment No. 2, dated as of September 4, 2012, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 20, 2012, by and among the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company identified therein, in favor of 3M Company, a Delaware corporation, and one or more subsidiaries of 3M Company identified therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed September 7, 2012.
q. *Short Term Incentive Bonus Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.hh to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
r.Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2013, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, as Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, General Electric Capital Corporation, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.ii to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

79




s.Amendment No. 2, dated April 18, 2014, to the Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2013, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, as Lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, General Electric Capital Corporation, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014.
t. *Employment Letter executed April 10, 2013 between the Company and Brian S. Cooper. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 12, 2013.
u. *Federal Signal Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and First Amendment to the Federal Signal Corporation Retirement Savings Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.
v. *Second Amendment to Federal Signal Corporation Retirement Savings Plan.
w. *Employment Letter executed August 1, 2013 between the Company and Ian A. Hudson. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed August 13, 2013.
x. *Separation agreement executed February 15, 2014 between the Company and Joseph W. Wilson. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed February 21, 2014.
y. *Form of Equity Award Agreements. Incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 and 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014.
14.Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
21.Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1CEO Certification under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
31.2CFO Certification under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
32.1CEO Certification of Periodic Report under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
32.2CFO Certification of Periodic Report under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
99.1Press Release.
99.2Q4 Earnings Call Presentation Slides.
101.INSXBRL Instance Document.
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.


80